New Hope Revival Ministries

3668 Lee Road 379
Smiths Station, Alabama 36877
United States of America

Tel: 1 (334) 732 0050
Fax: 1 (844) 272 5845

Live Stream

Visitor Information

Google Maps

1998 Prophecy Collection

New Hope Revival Ministries

New Hope Revival Ministries

Ministry

January 1, 1970 · 376 min read

This Is War

January 4, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

This is war, devil. I serve notice on you. This is war. You are defeated in the Name of Jesus. You better prepare yourself. We’re coming after you in the authority of God. This is war. I serve notice on you, that your power is broken. You’re not going to afflict the bodies of this church all week long.

We will not have it. We command you to retreat in the Name of Jesus. We raise a standard against you. You’d better watch out. We take God’s Word as a weapon and we claim every promise in it. IN the Name of Jesus.

I Am a Son of God

January 4, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Sister Flo

Hear Me, My children. Fear not the tactics of Satan. I have warned you that he will come against you when you make a start for Me. A strong start, My sons. Remember, My Word has come to thee because thou art sons of God. Thou doest have power. Use that power. You know what that power is. That power is My Word. Hear Me, My children. Stand strong. Stand firm, because there is spiritual warfare above, there is spiritual warfare beneath.

Hold steadfast, I say unto thee. Hold fast. There is coming a time that there will be victory. You do not have to fight. You’re being fought for. Remember that you’re My sons. Say that over and over in your mind, that “I am a son of God.” It’s when you say that, Satan trembles because he knows that it’s true. Hear Me, My children. Stand strong. Stand firm. Throw your head up and look to Me, for I am your strength, saith the Lord. (Hallelujah)

Brother Shelley:

“Hallelujah. Thank the Lord for speaking to us. There was only one thing that I felt the Lord speaking to me during that time. Instead of saying it, I’ll try to sing it. But I heard these words. There is a balm in Gilead…)

Pressure of Weather

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)
Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see another pressure of weather coming across from the northwestern part of Canada. I want to almost say North Central part but, toward the West I see the map of Canada. There is a weather pressure coming down straight like a fan like that, that will come right down through whatever province that is. And it will move down the East Coast of the United States. It will come all the way down to the Carolinas. Frigid air and ice.

So that answers your question about having some cold weather this winter. Of course we should have it. It’s not that it’s so unusual that we would have that kind of a front. But we were beginning to wonder if we were going to have any this year, although I think in some places as far down as Virginia, it would be serious. Traveling would be very hazardous. So this could be the very same one that Washington gets, that God has promised for her.

Death in Royal Family

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

The Lord says, the British people will scarcely overcome their grieving before they grieve again.

Bombing of Public Building

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

There is a public building in the United States that will be bombed this year. It will not be as successful; (I use that word carelessly) it will not be as devastating as what we have seen in Oklahoma City. But it will take some time to figure out what has happened.

Deep Moving from the Lord for Edmonton

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

One more time, God will move in Edmonton. One more time. He’ll give them one more opportunity. Not the multitudes, but I see a moving of the Spirit, deep moving, for those little saints that have gathered there. And others will partake. That’s either this year or the next. I’m not sure.

John Glenn Going to Space

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

It’s sort of strange. I don’t know who I am to know something like this. But it’s not a good idea… What is this astronaut? Is his name John Glenn, who desires to go back into space, who is petitioning? It is not a good idea for him. I understand he would certainly want to because he’s done it before.

But I tell you, it’s not God’s will. And there will be some complications that will arise, that will either prevent him or hinder him from going. Or if he does, there could possibly be a tragedy. But it will make something along that line will make the news.

I could see him just like he was standing here. Just a moment ago, I could almost have shook Ronald Reagan’s hand. It’s so real to see.

Earthquake in Mexico

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

I want to say, back of that earthquake, these… I said, it seems to be Asian people. But you know, it could be Mexican people, or it could be two separate things. But I feel something for Mexico.

Draw Near to Me

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Helen Burgess & Interpretation given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Brother Shelley:

Worship Him. Wait on His Presence. Wait on Him. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Bless the Lord. Hallelujah. Don’t you want to obey the Lord? Hallelujah. The Lord is giving you an opportunity to be obedient to the Holy Ghost. It’s not God’s will that it always be your Pastor.

Sister Skipworth:

My children, My children. The bloody foot prints that I have left for you. Follow thou me, walk thou in my footsteps. Be ye Holy for I am Holy. For I am the Lord thy God. I look down upon you tonight my children. I love you my children. I love you my children.

Draw near to me and I will draw near to you. Walk thou with me and I will walk with you. I will speak to you your heart desire. I will tell you secrets that I have longed to tell you. Walk thou with me children. I love you my children. Do you not understand. I love you. I long to draw near unto you. I love you with a love that goes beyond what you can think or comprehend. I love you my children. Draw near unto me my children. I love you. Draw near. Draw near. Draw near. Amen. Yes. Amen. Amen. Amen. Surely the Lord has spoken. Let’s praise Him for that.

Earthquake in Italy

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see at least three small earthquakes following up the previous two in Italy. At least three small earthquakes there, the remaining part of 1998. But large enough to make our newspaper. It will be easy for you to document. And they are all leading to the big earthquake in Italy.

I’m going to say in the Spirit, that the big earthquake in Italy will come sometime between now and the year 2000. That’s two years. I’m pretty sure. All I know is, I have seen the Vatican City shaking. So I can tell you that either this coming time or quickly after, but before the resurrection of the Church, the earthquake will strike Rome. The Vatican City will shake. I see damage to the Basilica and also to the Sistine Chapel.

Building Crumbling

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I’m not sure what this is about, but I see a building, several stories tall. And I see the stories, the floors laying like this, as they’re leveled. But something causes this building to collapse. I see the whole sub-structure of the floor drop. As it drops down on top of the next one, it causes it to drop the same way. The whole building crumbled.

Major Earthquake in Poor Country

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see a major (I’ve been knowing it for a long time and I keep prophesying it, different things along these lines and mentioning it.) But I see a major earthquake this year. Not for America yet, but I see a major earthquake. Hundreds of lives lost. We haven’t had one quite so serious, as China just received a shaking.

I’m not sure where it is, but it’s very poor. Wherever this will take place, it’s a very poor area. I see very poor conditions. I see three little men. Wherever this is, I see three little men who believe this Message. They’re doing everything they can to win the lost. Three short little men. They seemed to be most likely Asian. Two of them have churches. Just a handful. But they’ve done such a work, without any support from the big ministries. In fact, I see them contacting this ministry. Possibly just prior to this earthquake. It could be a little after.

Mount St. Helens Erupting Again

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

You know, I have believed for a long time, in the Spirit, that Mount St. Helens would have eruption. I prophesied already that, and not too longer after that they closed all the trails that were leading up toward it. Because of activity, they’ve opened them up again. But I see some serious activity. It’ll make the newspaper, building to another eruption.

President Reagan’s Condition

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

It’s very strange. I see former President Ronald Reagan. I recognize his face. We all understand that he has suffered with Alzheimer’s disease. I see his condition swiftly deteriorating. In fact, even right this minute he is experiencing some deterioration of health.

And they keep it, if you know anything about them, you know they keep his condition as private as possible. But soon they’ll not be able to do that because I see him possibly hospitalized. And I would say it is the beginning of the end.

Russian Space Station

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

If they don’t do something for this space station that the Russians have placed. If something doesn’t happen, as we read every day it’s breaking down. But I’ve got a feeling that they want to almost refuse to abandon it, to give it up, because it would be admitting some defeat.

But I see that if they don’t do something like that quickly, that there is going to be a loss of lives there. I think you’ll read in the next few days about some other system of life support breaking down on the space station mirror.

Shooting That Will Cause an Uprising

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see someone being shot very… A lot of anger involved. It is an important person, either by entertainment standards or political standards. It’ll cause quite an uprising, quite a stir. A lot of mourning.

String of Tornadoes

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I’m not sure exactly where this is, but I see some very strong winds that are coming like tornadoes, but really fierce and taking lives. I know it’s in the United States, but a serious string of tornadoes. I don’t even think we’re in tornado season, or are we?

Identity of the Uni-Bomber

January 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

You know, I prophesied that they would locate over, oh I don’t know, six or seven month, eight months, maybe almost a year before it happened, I prophesied they would catch the Uni-bomber. And at that time, they had no leads. And in order for God to allow that to happen, He had his own brother to turn him in.

And he is the one. Of course, we all assume that now, but God knew it before it was ever public knowledge. And I see them struggling to find out to see who is the culprit behind this bombing of a public building, a building the public has access to in and out.

Pull Together

January 13, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Brother Johnson & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

My children, has it not been said to thee that how can two walk together except they be agreed? I call unto thee in this hour tonight, come together in agreement now, and agree upon yourself, agree upon the Revelation that I have sent to you, that you will stand together.

Agree together, saith the Lord, that you will enter My House with a readiness to worship Me, to lift Me high, and to create an atmosphere, so that I can have preeminence, so that I can deliver, so that I can call to the sinner, so that I can heal the sick and afflicted, so that I can reveal that which I want to reveal to My children, so that I can whisper those secrets of love in your spirit, that will refresh you and encourage you along the way.

But yea, I the Lord thy God would say unto thee, do not come so burdensome, so carried away with life that you don’t pull together, saith the Lord. Be sensitive to My Spirit and come with a readiness, for you never know the hour in which I’ll speak to you in a marvelous way that will change your very life, saith the Lord.

Don’t you know that I have things to say unto thee that will change the way you live and the way you think, and the way you move in the Spirit. You never know, saith the Lord, when it is My desire to reveal unto thee these things. And I the Lord thy God would say unto thee, I am waiting on you, I am counting on you.

How quickly, how quickly, My children, you forget the hour that you’re living in and the responsibility laid upon you. Pull together, saith the Lord. Draw unto one another and I’ll draw unto you, said the Lord, and I will watch for your faith, and when your faith reaches the level that I’m looking for, I will drop in, saith the Lord, and fulfill My Promise among you. Thus saith the Lord.

Seventh Trance Vision

January 18, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

For some reason it’s real crucial, real important for those who stay tonight to praise. I have been called to go farther than before. Not an earthly realm, this time to a heavenly realm. Some new ones may not understand what is happening in here. I feel some pull to keep me from going all the way. Maybe if someone just a little, would try to explain what is happening in here.

But I know when there is a pull, if that pull is not released it won’t be this time. I need, I need to see because I’m really weary. I want something to hold on to. I’ve lost more than I could ever tell and I’ve been so afraid to run on. I told, I told that sweet Angel that I would run on.

I’ve been embarrassed, I’ve been humiliated, I’ve been lied about, and I told Stacey this week that I know God doesn’t hear their prayers. And it hurts me so deep to know that they prayed, wished that something terrible would happen to me. But I tried to plead my cause before His Angel, He told me run on and not to worry.

I asked Him (don’t tell, don’t tell this) I asked Him how it would be because I had seen Micah coming soon after my seal and now it seems like I was wrong. He told me not to worry, to run on, that all that belonged to God’s seed, royal seed would come. He said if Micah would lay down the sword, He would raise up three or more in his place. But not to worry, run on.

He has invited me to somewhere I have not been before. He is waiting for me now, on the shore. It seems to be a river; He has called it The Great Divide. He says if I will run on anyway, I have been summoned to stand. There is a mist that rises from the water, I can see the bottom, it doesn’t look very deep. I see a mist rising up from the water to make the crossing harder. He said, I don’t know why, He said only a few have been summoned to this place. When I asked Him, “Where is this place?”, He seems to hesitate to tell me. He said fear would work against my faith if I always knew where each journey leads.

Soon, He says that many will walk in this place where only a few have previously stood. He has told me what is across this misty river in the spirit, He has called it the Throne Room of the Most High God. He said, it is the throne from whence came the bloody lamb, it is the seat of God and all who stand before this throne can say that they have seen the fullness of God.

He said for me not to fear for storms arise where the water runs cold. Many have been called, but have turned back because of the blackness, darkness of the storms. He says, many are called, but only a few are chosen.

In the next season, He said that I will receive a true, clear revelation of His Glory, His Image, His Person, and His Throne, and He will anoint me to tell His people. We have been called to His Throne Room, it is at the top of the mountain, across a wide spiritual river.

I know it seems strange, a river on a mountain, but it’s not on the mountain, it’s spiritual. The Throne of God, the Throne Room, His true presence is on top of Mt. Zion. He has taken His seat in the hearts of men, but His Throne is a place of true victory, it is safe ground and when we stand before His Throne we are safe. No enemy has any right or authority over us when we stand before His Throne.

It is across the river, beyond the veil. The sweet and kind Angel is teaching me. When we have spoken on His presence it is understood to mean, He is in our midst. His presence, but He has sent His presence before Him and His Angel has taken His presence to God’s people. When we stand in His throne, it will not be His presence, as the presence that has gone before Him, it will be the very Person of His Presence. I understand what He is saying.

In other words, you could be in the midst of His Presence and Him not be standing there, but His Angel has brought His Presence. He has descended in word form only. He is calling His Bride to stand before His Throne and receive Her promise. It may seem little, I hope you can make sense.

He said, in order to go where He has called me to, I will step through another dimension and I have already stepped, by vision, into a different dimension. “How many dimensions are above this one we live in?”

There is one above us where our loved ones are, that is where I have walked with this Angel. Then I remember Bro. Branham saying that above that one is where God is. So, there must be at least two above us. I just wanted to know, it’s good to know where we are going.

This vision of the Throne Room of God will come in three parts. He’s talking to me again. It appears that I will not journey all the way this time, for what reason only God knows. The next time will be soon, I am not too happy that I will have to think on it until it comes. It has been hard this time knowing a vision was coming.

He is telling me there will be two more. The next time, I will cross with the help of this Angel. The misty river, the Great Divide. He says, with spirit eyes, I will behold the Throne of God.

The third vision, He says, I will come back with a word of instruction to bring this end time fellowship into the Throne Room of God. He sees that I would rather go tonight, but he says that God reveals His true person in three’s. I told him, maybe you and all the rest of the people will be too disappointed. He said, “How could they be when they can now anticipate a time when a word will come from God that will catch this people into the Throne Room of God for a real meeting.”

He says, some people’s eyes will be opened to see the glory of God descending, some will see His Light, others will tell of what God has allowed them to see and all in the same service. But first I go to receive a word the next time. He said, the ministry of this white eagle message will come straight directly from the Throne Room of God.

We have heard truth. Remember, there is no new message, only leadership has changed. This time dove leads prophet, Holy Ghost leads prophet. No new message, but emphasis upon the Holy Ghost.

Angel says that the prophet with the hat knew what was to come. He received his message and emphasis straight from the same Throne Room. You could never imagine the Power and the Presence of God that will fall when this word straight from the Throne of God is brought down.

The Angel says, “Tell my people to prepare their hearts to stand in the Throne Room of God.” Such strength. It is in that hour that we will move past the Power of God, into His Presence, the Person. We must move beyond the Power of God, to His Presence, in order to be like God.

Every answer to every question lies just inside the Throne Room. Somebody has to go to help us. Then when we have learned the way, the Bride will have access to stand in God’s Throne Room. Whenever She’s in need, God’s knowledge will be Her knowledge, His wisdom will be Her wisdom.

For as Esther came before the throne in royal robes and the king extended his scepter of favor to make her queen, my Bride will come into My Throne Room dressed in royal robes of Praise and Worship. And I will extend to Her, saith God, my scepter of favor and all that I have will be Hers. The kingdom will be at Her command even as it has been at My command. She will speak, and the host of heaven will carry out her request. For it is in My Throne Room that my favor will be shown to her.

She leads when She steps from that place. She will never again question who She is, nor why She has been sent. For I will reveal to Her all She has need of. For the time is near, saith God, for such a time as this, for such a time as this She is being summoned.

As Esther feared for her life to stand before the king, so will my Wife come before My Throne with fear and trembling and reverence. But she will see My favor extended, saith the Lord.

I will visit you according to My Will, and you will know that I have not forsaken this city of refuge, neither My House of Deliverance. But from this place will I send forth a Word to my people, that will inspire and call Her forth. Because of this work, My Five Fold Ministry around the world will be inspired to stand with greater anointing and authority to do my work.

For I am God and I would say unto thee that I have not stumbled at the words of evil men, but I have counted them as nothing. For I am God and I cannot lie. And that which I have spoken, I will surely bring to pass. For yea, and behold, the best is yet to come. For I have indeed saved the finest wine, that supernatural wine of Gods Spoken Word, for this hour.

And your lips have never tasted what I have reserved for you in this late hour. I will bring forth my people to hear the word that I will put in my servant’s heart. They will come again from the North and the South, the East and the West and I will manifest My Presence.

And I would say unto thee, I will give thee that which I have put in thy heart, I will give it to you, and you will build the very place that I have ordained. Wait on Me saith the Lord, for I have not forsaken, I have not turned my back on that which I have spoken. Though it tarry, wait for it, for it will surely come to pass. You will know that I am God.

Move softly before Me, saith the Lord and wait upon My Presence. For again I say unto thee, the Tabernacle of God is with man this day, for I have covered thee with a Cloak of Righteousness that cannot fade. For it is not the righteousness of sinful flesh, but the Righteousness that comes from God.

Hear Me this night and know that I have covenanted with thee and I will keep my covenant. For I have sealed it with my blood and I have sworn the oath with my blood. Be not afraid to step forth in the vision, be not afraid to move when I say move, be not afraid to step in faith, for it would be easier for earth to pass away than for My Word that I have spoken unto thee to fail.

For I have favored thee, My people. The stranger shall enter thy gate and call thee blessed. And oh, I would say unto thee, be not weary in well doing. Soon will be reaping time. You will reap where you have sown. But I would say unto thee, you will reap where you have not sown. For I have planted for thee, saith God. You will reap the harvest I have planted. From My Throne proceedeth lightening and thunder and the sound of many waters. You will see it and hear it and know what I have spoken.

Men will continue to mock and revile you. Think it not strange. For I have chosen this way for you. It is My way, it is the way of the Lord, the way of rejection, the way of ridicule, and mockery. It is the way of the Lord. It is the way I have known before you. It is the way My people have known in every age.

But I will exalt My own. No man nor devil will stop Me. For I hold the universe in my hand, saith God. And everything that moveth, moveth in My Will. There is nothing that has life, but what I have given it. And I will bring My Word to pass. If I should have to move the mountain, cause the river to cease its flowing. I will bring my Word to pass. For I have made this earth My footstool, and I have made My Throne the heavens, saith God.

And I will visit My Bride according to My promise. Stand faithful in all things, for this is the hour of revelation from My Word. Be ready to walk the last mile, for I will go with you. Send the Word that I give you to the uttermost parts of the earth. Though you be criticized, send it, saith the Lord. Send it! For I will use it, I will use it, I will use it, saith God, I will use it to call the last seed.

And to the one it does not call, it will inspire and He will go forth and make a call. My seed will hear. My people for too long have not been able to believe that I would use them, that I have chosen them. I say unto thee, dare to believe. Do not be afraid to trust, for I have surely chosen you to do this work and I will empower you for service. And I will confirm it to you with My Glory shortly.

The earth shakes at the Voice of Almighty God. (11:00 P.M. EST 1-18-98) Thus saith the Lord, thus saith the Lord, thus saith the Lord, Thus saith the Lord, thus saith the Lord.

So now, so now, there’s nothing left to do but to prepare ourselves and wait. The river has faded. Thank you for the Mercy rain. It’s falling, it’s falling, it’s falling. Thank you for the Mercy Rain.

Seventh Trance Vision

January 20, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

We are looking for an hour that we will be able to go into a supernatural realm and come back with great strength. Brother Branham said, “There would be a time that the Bride of Christ would step into another dimension, and she would come back, this time losing no strength, when the Third Pull was manifested.”

He began to tell us about how the visions that he had, pulled so heavily and so strongly on his physical form, that sometimes he was dazed in the bed, and unable to preach and to hardly get around.”

But, he said “I am looking forward to that time that, He told me about that Third Pull, where I will be able to go into that other realm and come back with strength instead of weakness.”

Brother Branham had a marvelous vision, in which he was caught beyond the Curtain of Time. And he said, I believe I was in the sixth dimension because," he said, “I wondered where God is.” He said, “Where is God? I see the righteous dead, but where is God?”

And somebody said, “Oh, He’s a little higher. He’s in the seventh dimension.” And so, because God dwells in the seventh dimension, that’s why He revealed to us through the Book of the Revelation that He moves in sevens, because of where He dwells. That’s His spiritual address. He dwells in the seventh dimension.

What if I told you that all seven of those dimensions are present in the earth right now? They’re all here. In fact, our loved ones who are in the sixth dimension, we are realizing that they are not as far away from us as what we really think. Brother Branham said, “Our loved ones are with us tonight.” They’re right here tonight. The righteous are right here with us tonight.

Brother Branham said, “One of these days, that’s a faster dimension than the one we live in,” “One of these days we’ll speed up and they’ll slow down, and we’ll meet somewhere over there and be changed for the Glory of God.” Everything moves faster there.

So if the soul and spirit of a man or a woman leaves this dimension and moves into that dimension where things are faster, and then comes back to a slow dimension, it has the same effect on the physical body as if you went a long time with no sleep, and then you come back and try to sleep and the cycles of your body are all out of cater.

Trance Vision

I’ll just tell you a little tonight, that God had visited us. We told you on Sunday night that, at Foot-washing, when we knelt down, it had been over a year. December of ‘96 was the last time that the Lord had taken us in that kind of a vision. And I think I have explained tonight that kind of a vision, so that you’d understand it.

When the Lord shows me visions of things happening… And I’ll tell you right away, it is by spiritual eyes, looking over to that dimension. But when these visions come, it is actually a travel. It is a journey. And that’s why it happens a different way. And only God knows the struggles that I have had concerning these kinds of visions, over the years. But I have put it in God’s hands tonight, and…

Of course, it has been really criticized, I guess, in the last little while, during the time the Church was pulled apart. But I just want you to remember, before that happened, those same people, they just almost fought to get in the room to be in there, and they did believe it. They believed it was God.

And I believe, if some of them would be honest with themselves tonight, they still know. And I’ve had many of them tell me… I’ve had one look right in my face and say, “I would never say. You, I don’t care what happened to me I would never say that you were not a prophet. I believe with all my heart that God used you as a New Testament prophet.” Said, “But now I believe you’re a false prophet.”

And I said, “Well, at least, at least He used me for a while. May God have mercy and use me again.” And I’m thankful that He has. I just want to be used. That’s all that matters to me.

God ministered to me in this vision and took me down to a body of water. I stood on a shore and I saw this body of waste. And there was an Angel who is kind. He’s the kindest Angel, and He has helped me many times along the journey to serve the Lord.

And He began to talk to me about some things that were on my heart that were personal. But I called them out loud, because I’m afraid if I don’t call them out loud, then I will forever forget them. And so, concerning some of the things that God has spoken about, I’ll just share this part with you concerning the coming to perfection, and the top of Mount Zion. Remember, I looked down and saw one coming behind me. And I had so wondered and pondered, “How could it be, God?” But knowing that it was God.

And I had asked the Angel, when I had the opportunity. Standing there, He began to speak a few things to me, and I asked Him. And I called out the name and told Him, “What about it? I saw him coming soon after my seal. And now it seems like I was wrong…”

But He told me… (This is what the Angel of the Lord told me. I’ll stand on it. I stake everything I have, my whole life, on this Word that it be God.) I wouldn’t have any reason to fool with you. What would I gain out of these visions? What, what personal gain is it for me? It doesn’t cause you to pay more tithes. It doesn’t cause you to do anything extra for me necessarily. But I just want to share, because there is a reason.

He told me not to worry. I asked Him about this one coming after the Seal. Now it seems like I was wrong. He told me not to worry. He had the sweetest words and the sweetest expression. He said, “Don’t worry. Run on. Run on.”

He said, “All that belong to God’s royal seed would come.” And He said, “If he (calls him by name) lays down the sword, that God would raise up three or more in his place. But not to worry about it. Run on.” And that’s what I intend to do is run on. I’m going to ride on it. I’m going to run on.

And then I began to tell the saints in the room, “He has invited me.” It’s sometimes hard because I am again in a divided realm. My body in this dimension. My spiritual man in another dimension. And that spiritual man is trying to communicate back to the body, for the body to communicate to those who are in the room, to tell them. Sometimes my words are slurred, and sometimes I say the wrong word, and have to help me to get my word out.

And, but they tell me it was a lot easier this time. And one of these days you might be able to see it or hear it. It’s on video, almost always. And on tape. But the tape is so low, I could have played a little of it tonight. I thought about it. But the tape is so low, you could barely hear it. Even the prophecy as almost just whispered. And so you wouldn’t be able to hear it. So I’ll just read a little bit more. I need your help now.

And I said to them, “He has invited me to somewhere I’ve never been before. He’s waiting for me on the shore. It seems to be a River. He has called it the Great Divide. He says, “If I will run on anyway… For I have been summoned to stand. There is a mist that rises from the Water. I can see the bottom. It doesn’t look very deep. But I see a mist rising up from the water to make the crossing harder.”

He said… I don’t know why. He said… “I don’t know why,” I’m telling you. “I don’t know why. He said, “Only a few have been summoned to this place.” I asked Him, “Where is this place?” He seems to hesitate to tell me. He said, “Fear would work against my faith if I always know where the journey leads. Soon,” He says, “that many will walk in this place where only a few have previously stood.” He has told me, what is across this misty River, in the Spirit.

Listen, Church! He has called it “The Throne Room of the Most High God.” And all who stand before this Throne can say that they have seen the Fullness of God. He says for me not to fear, for storms arise. (Whatever… This is so strange, but I like it. I know it’s got a real meaning.) He says for me not to fear, for storms arise where the water runs cold.

Many have been called, but have turned back because of the blackness and the darkness of the storms. He said, “Many are called, but few are chosen.” We know that tonight, that God has an elected number chosen to stand in that hour. Amen?

“In the next season,” He said, “I will receive a true clear Revelation of His Glory, His Image, His Person and His Throne, and He will anoint me to tell His people. ‘We have been called to His Throne Room. It is at the top of a Mountain, across the wide, spiritual River.”

I know it seems strange, “A River on a Mountain.” But it’s not on the mountain. It’s spiritual. The Throne of God, the Throne Room, His true Presence is on the top of Mount Zion. He has taken His seat in the hearts of men, but His Throne is a place of true victory.

I like this next thing. “It is safe ground. Safe ground.” Did you know that in a time of war, that if you can get to a foreign Embassy and climb over the fence and get on that ground, that you are safe and you are now governed by the laws of that land, that nation, instead of the nation where you’ve escaped?

They have to stand with arms. The American Embassies and others, sometimes have to stand with guns to keep people from flooding the Embassies in times of stress and struggle, and they call that, “Safe Ground. You can’t touch me there.” I like that.

This place, this Throne is a place of true victory. It is safe ground. Are you looking for that place? And when we stand before His Throne, we are safe. No enemy has any right or authority over us when we stand before His Throne. It is across the River, beyond the veil.

The sweet and kind Angel is teaching me. When we have spoken on His Presence, it has been understood to mean He is in our midst. His Presence. But He has sent… I want you to catch this. I’ll preach it to you another time. But He has sent His Presence before Him. That’s what we have known. We have known the Presence of God that goes before God. See?

When we think the word “Presence of God,” we want to think that God is standing here and we’re standing with God. But the Presence and the Anointing that we have preached about is that Power of God, and that Aura and Glory of God that goes before God. We have experienced the Glory that comes before God, but we have not stood where we’re going to stand, “In the Presence of God.”

Do you understand the difference in saying, “We feel His Presence,” and saying, “I’m standing in the Presence of the Most High God. He is standing there, or He’s manifested there. I’m standing here.” There’s a difference. It is, it is, it’s powerful.

When, when He’s in our midst, His Presence… But He has sent His Presence before Him, and His Angel has taken His Presence to God’s people. It was a gift. And the Angel of God has brought the Presence of God to God’s people. Do you follow that?

But when we stand in His Throne, it will not be His Presence as the same Presence that has gone before Him. It will be the Person of His Presence. Do you see the difference? Standing with God. I understand what He is saying. In other words, you can be in the midst of His Presence, and Him not be standing right there.

But His Angel has brought His Presence. He has descended in Word Form Only. That’s why we know that what God has done in our day has not fulfilled all the Scriptures that are to be fulfilled about His coming, because He came all right, and His Word was brought down. He came in Word Form. Is that right? Do you understand?

He has descended in Word Form only. He is calling His Bride to stand before His Throne and receive her Promise. It may seem little. I hope you can make sense.

In order to go where He has called me to, I will step through another dimension. And I have already stepped, by vision, into a different dimension. And then I almost came to. I almost totally came to where I was, sitting in that chair. And I asked the question, “How many dimensions are there above this one we live in?” I was asking those who were in the room.

There is one above us, where our loved ones are. That is, where I have walked with this Angel. And I’m just talking to them in the room. Then I remember Brother Branham saying that, above this one is where God is. So there must be at least two above us. I just wanted to know. It’s good to know where we’re going.

And then He began to speak. The Angel again spoke to me and said, “This vision of the Throne Room of God will come in three parts.” He is talking to me again. It appears that I will not journey all the way this time. For what reason, only God knows.

“The next time will be soon,” He says. I’m not happy that I will have to think on it until it, until it comes. It has been hard this time, knowing that a vision was coming. He is telling me, “There will be two more.” Next time I will cross with the help of this Angel, the misty River, a Great Divide. He said, “With Spirit eyes, that I would behold the Throne of God.”

“The Third Vision,” He says, “I will come back with a Word of instruction to bring this End time Fellowship into the Throne Room of God.” He sees that I would rather go tonight. But He says, “That God reveals His true Person in three’s.”

I told Him, “Maybe you and all the rest of the people would be too disappointed.” (I’m coming back and forth, and talking to them and going somewhere else.) I told Him, “Maybe you and all, (excuse me) and all the rest of the people will be too disappointed.”

The Angel said, “How could they be, when they can anticipate a time when a Word will come from God, that will catch this people into the Throne Room of God for a real meeting?”

He says, “Some people’s eyes would be opened in that day to see the Glory of God descending. Some will see His Light. Others will tell of what God has allowed them to see, all in the same service.” But first I go to receive a Word. “The next time,” He said… Listen! “The Ministry of this White Eagle Message will come directly from the Throne Room of God.”

We have heard Truth. (I’m sharing more with you tonight than I intended to.) We have heard Truth. Remember, there is no new Message, only the leadership has changed. This time, “Dove leading prophet. No new Message, but emphasis upon the Holy Ghost.”

The Angel says, “That the prophet with the hat knew what was to come, for he received his Message and emphasis, (which was a different emphasis) Same Message, different emphasis.” He received his Message and emphasis straight from the same Throne Room.

Listen at this! “You could never imagine the power and the Presence of God that will fall when this Word straight from the Throne Room of God is brought down.” The Angel says, “Tell My people to prepare their hearts to stand in the Throne Room of God.” Such strength. It is in that hour that we will move…”

This is marvelous. “It is in that hour that we will move past the Power of God into His Presence, His Person. We must move past the power of God to His Presence, in order to be like God.”

We have known the Power of God. Remember Sunday morning, when we talked about Moses standing in the doorway of the Tabernacle, seeing the Glory Cloud of God falling. And then he goes right on in and says, “Lord, show us Thy Glory.” He was not satisfied with only the Power of God, He wanted to see Glory. And Glory is Person. See?

You can tell, you can tell each other. If you want something to tell each other, tell them, “The Glory of God is getting ready to fall.” We’ve seen the Power of God, now we’re getting ready to experience the Glory of God. Is that all right? Going to read that one again.

“Tell My people to prepare their hearts to stand in the Throne Room of God. Such strength. It is in that hour that we will move past the power of God into His Presence, the Person. We must move past the power of God to His Presence, in order to be like God.”

Listen! “Every answer to every question lies just inside the Throne Room.” Somebody has to go up to help us. Then, when we have learned the way, the Bride will have access to stand in God’s Throne Room. Whenever she’s in need, God’s knowledge will be her knowledge. His wisdom will be her wisdom.” Brother, that’s powerful.

“For as Esther…” This is the Angel giving me these words, a sermon. “For as Esther came before the Throne in Royal Robe, and the king…” Now this is, this almost… (I believe, Brother Enzo, maybe this is almost where the prophecy begins.) “For as Esther came before…”

For a while it was conversation between the Angel and I. And I was relating the message to the people in the room. And then, all of a sudden, the Voice of God began to speak then in prophecy.

“For as Esther came before the throne in royal robe, and the king extended his scepter of favor to make her queen, My Bride will come into My Throne Room, dressed in robes of praise and worship.

And I will extend to her My scepter of favor. And all that I have will be hers. The kingdom will be at her command. She will speak, and the Host of Heaven will carry out her request.” Hallelujah. “For it is in My Throne Room that My favor will be shown to her. She leads, when she steps from that place. She leads. She will never again question who she is, nor why she has been sent. For I will reveal to her all that she has need of.

For the time is near, saith God, for such a time as this. For such a time as this, she is being summoned. And Esther feared for her life to stand before the king. So will My Wife come before My Throne with fear and trembling and reverence. But she will see My favor extended, saith the Lord.

I will visit you according to My will, and You will know that I have not forsaken the City of Refuge, neither My House of deliverance. But from this place will I send forth a Word to My people, that will inspire and call her forth. Because of this work, My fivefold-ministry around the world will be inspired to stand with a greater anointing and authority to do My work. For I am God, and I would say unto thee, that I have not stumbled at the words of evil men, but I have counted them as nothing. For I am God, and I cannot lie. And that which I have spoken, I will surely bring to pass.

For yea, and behold, the best is yet to come. For I have indeed saved the finest wine, that supernatural wine of God’s Spoken Word for this hour. Your lips have never tasted what I have reserved for you in this last hour.

I will bring forth My people to hear the Word that I will put in My servant’s heart. They will come again from the North and the South and the East and the West, and I will manifest My Presence.

And I would say unto thee, I will give thee that which I have put in thy heart. I will give it to you and you, will build the very place that I have ordained. Wait on Me, saith the Lord, for I have not forsaken. I have not turned My back on that which I have spoken. Though it tarry, wait, for it will surely come to pass and you will know that I am God.

Move softly before Me, saith the Lord, and wait upon My Presence. For again, I say unto thee, the Tabernacle of God is with man this day. For I have covered thee with a cloak of righteousness that cannot fade, for it is not the righteousness of sinful flesh, but the righteousness that comes from God. Hallelujah.

Hear Me this night and know that I have covenanted with thee, and I will keep My Covenant, for I have sealed it with My blood, and I have sworn the oath with My blood. Be not afraid to step forth in the vision. Be not afraid to move when I say “Move!” Be not afraid to step in faith, for it would be easier for earth to pass away than for My Word that I have spoken unto thee to fail.

For I have favored thee, My people. The stranger shall enter thy gate and call thee blessed. And oh, I would say unto thee, be not weary in well doing. Soon will be reaping time.

Listen!

You will reap where you have sown. But I would say unto thee, you will reap where you have not sown, for I have planted for thee, saith God. You will reap the harvest that I have planted. From My Throne proceeded lightning and thunder and the sound of many Waters, (that’s voices). You will see it, and hear it, and know what I have spoken.

Men will continue to mock and revile you. Think it not strange, for I have chosen this way for you. It is My way. It is the way of the Lord. The way of rejection, the way of ridicule and mockery, it is the way of the Lord. It is the way I have known before you. It is the way My people have known in every Age.

But I will exalt My Own. No man nor devil will stop Me, for I hold the universe in My hand, saith God. And everything that moveth, moveth in My will. There is nothing that has Life. but what I have given it. And I will bring My Word to pass. (I don’t care if it came from a test tube or in the womb of a woman. If life was there, God placed it there. Right?)

He said, “If I should have to move the mountain or cause the river to cease it’s flowing, I will bring My Word to pass. For I have made this earth My footstool, and I have made My Throne the heavens, saith God. And I will visit My Bride according to My Promise. Stand faithful in all things, for this is the hour of Revelation from My Word.

Be ready to walk the last mile, for I will go with you. Send the Word that I give you, to the uttermost parts of the earth. Though you be criticized, send it, saith the Lord. Send it, for I will use it. I will use it. I will use it, saith God. I will use it to call the last seed. And to the one it does not call, it will inspire and he will go forth and make a call. My seed will hear.

My people for too long have not been able to believe that I would use them, that I have chosen them. I say unto thee, dare to believe. Do not be afraid to trust, for I have surely chosen you to do this work, and I will empower you for this service, and I will confirm it to you with My Glory, shortly. The earth shakes at the Voice of Almighty God.

Thus Saith the Lord. Thus Saith the Lord. Thus Saith the Lord. Thus Saith the Lord. Thus Saith the Lord. Five times. That’s grace. So now, there is nothing left to do but to prepare ourselves and wait. The River has faded. Thank You.

And the power of God began to move again and I began to say, “Thank You for mercy rain. It’s falling. It’s falling. It’s falling. Thank You for mercy rain.” We praise You, Jesus. We glorify You, Father.

Let us catch that vision in our spirit. Help me to know in my heart that at least somebody has caught that vision, and that it has registered in their spirit and that they will prepare themselves to stand in the Throne Room of God. You’ve issued a summons to the whole body tonight. And Father, I believe That means if we want to we can. If we would be willing to night to pay the price.

Thank you for the witness of the Holy Ghost. I thank You for placing us in order tonight. Oh God… It is valuable and its costly and I want you to know it. I want it to be real to you tonight, and I want you to know it is not just the same promise or the same place that you have been before. God wants to take you somewhere higher.

The Way Has Been Cleared

January 25, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

With boldness do I declare unto thee this night. Yea, even the Voice of the Most High God. Yea, I say unto thee, I have called My people, and I have called My people, and I have called My people, saith the Lord. I have reached out to them and I have extended My hand, saith the Lord, and I have opened and I have bid and I have invited.

And yea, I the Lord thy God, have watched My people drag their feet, saith the Lord, and refuse to come. And yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, I call unto thee this night. I call unto thee. I invite thee, saith the Lord. Come into My Presence and enter. Sit down at My banquet table and partake of the Goodness that I have provided for thee, saith the Lord.

But I, the Lord thy God, would have thee know this night, that I have stood back, saith the Lord, and I have watched men and I have watched women that have stood in the way, saith the Lord, blocking the door. They would not go in and they would not let others go in.

But I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee this night, if there be one in the midst of thee, saith the Lord, that will stand in the Door refusing to go in and let others go in, saith the Lord, this night I will move thee, saith God. I will not allow you to keep My people from entering in, saith the Lord. I will not allow man nor woman to stand in the way.

For I say unto thee, too long have I tarried with this generation. Too long have I waited and waited, saith the Lord, and waited upon My people, while the enemy and those that the enemy would use, would stand and hinder and not move in, and not let others go in.

But I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, My economy calls forth for Me tonight to say unto thee, My will must be revealed in your midst. I will not let anyone stand in the way, saith God. Be ready to move. Be ready to move. Be ready to move, saith the Lord, for I will not allow the door to be blocked any longer.

And if you will not come in, saith the Lord, I’ll move you, saith God. Be ready, be ready, be ready, be ready to move, saith the Lord. For the Iron of the Lord, the Sword of the Lord hath purged this place, and I have cleaned thee and I have sanctified thee, and I have caused My Spirit, saith the Lord, to bring thee to a place that I could call you. And now there are spirits that would anoint still to cause people from coming in.

And I say unto thee this night, take warning. Take warning and hear the Voice of God. For you will not keep My people from their inheritance. Yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, watch your spirit and your attitude this night. For I will not allow you. I’ve called to you, saith the Lord. I have called to you. I have called to you. I have called to you. I have called to you, saith the Lord.

And yea, instead of moving forward, you want to allow the enemy of your soul to come in, put things in your mind that hinder you from going in. But I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, I have spoken unto thee this night. Be ready, saith the Lord, to move or be ready to be moved. For I am God tonight, and I desire to show My people things that they have never seen before, to give unto them understanding that they have never had before, and to move among them in a way that is too supernatural to explain with human words of understanding.

And I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, I want you to know that I will not allow anyone or anything to hinder My people, for I have made the Way and I have cleared the Path. And I say unto thee, woe unto the man or woman who would stand in the Way that I have cleared. For I will have a people, and I have called them into the Throne Room of the Living God.

And I say unto thee this night that all of eternity testifies that I will keep My Word. I will keep My Word and all of the Ages testify that I am a Faithful and a True God. And I say unto thee again tonight, be ready to move or to be moved, for I will not allow any spirit or any person to hinder My people from inheriting the Promise for this hour. The Lord doth rebuke thee and challenge thee, and I call thee to correct thyself in the Presence of God this night, or be ready to face the consequences, saith the Lord.

The Sword of the King

January 27, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

For your God has given you the victory, saith the Lord. For your God has gone to battle on your behalf, saith the Lord. For your God has waged the war against the enemy of your soul. For your God has raised the Sword, and your God has marched to the battlefield, and your God has marched through the trenches, saith the Lord, that the victory might be won on your behalf. Have I not said unto thee that I am a God of battles, saith the Lord?

And yea, I would say unto thee this night, I have never shied away, neither have I ever withdrawn Myself when there was a battle raging in your soul, saith the Lord. I have never hid My face from thee. And even in the hour when you were not able to recognize that I was before thee on the battlefield, I was still there, saith God. I have raised the Sword against the enemy of your soul. Yea, I say unto thee, a sharp Sword. It is the Sword of My Word.

Yea, I the Lord thy God, have gone before thee into battle, and I have led thee, saith the Lord, and I have trained thee for this hour, the hour, saith God, when you will go to battle. And I, the Lord thy God, would say unto, the very Sword that I have raised against your enemy, I will place it in your hands, saith the Lord. And you will go to battle. And I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, the same Sword, the Sword of My Word. And it will not be empty words of promise, saith the Lord, but because I have led the way to battle, when you use the Sword that I have used, saith God, you will know in your heart that it is not just a sword, it is the Sword of The King.

And I have used the Sword and proven, saith God, it’s power in the battle. I have proven the power of My Sword on your enemy. And now, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, do not be afraid to take the Sword that I would place in your hand. For I will give you victory over your enemy, saith the Lord. I will lead My people as an army in the last days. I will go before them with My Voice, and I will utter My Promises to them, saith God. I will reveal to them the secrets that I have kept for them in this hour, and they will be strong and do exploits, saith God.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, do not be afraid of the battle, for I have gone before thee and proven that, with this Sword, the victory can be won. Raise up, My children, in the Power and the Might of Almighty God. and do not be afraid to face your enemy. For I will give unto thee the victory, saith the Lord. Speak to your enemy, and tell him that I have given thee the Power over all the powers of the enemy, and you will tread, saith the Lord, on scorpions and serpents, and not be harmed.

And whatsoever thou shouldest ask when you speak it, I will give it unto thee, for I will give you, saith the Lord, the desire of God. And with the desire of God and the will of God in your spirit, you will know what to ask for, and I will grant it. Do not be afraid, for I have gone before thee into battle. Now take up the Sword and be ready to fight, for the war is on. And I have given My people the victory, saith the Lord.

Praise Me

January 31, 1998 (Saturday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Brother Johnson & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

When you have made your bed of sleep, saith the Lord. When you have laid upon your back. Yea, I the Lord thy God would say unto thee, praise Me this night. And when for some reason you have been awakened from your sleep in the night, in the hour of the morning, praise Me, saith the Lord.

And when you arise in the morning to come to My Sanctuary, Yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, arise from your bed with the praises of the Lord upon your lips. Dress yourself as you praise Me. And as you journey to the House of Deliverance, the Lord would say unto thee, come with a praise of God in your heart and upon your lips.

And when you have entered into these doors, the Lord would say unto thee, come praising Me. Come lifting My Name high. Come with adoration and words that would lift and promote the Living God, And I will speak to you. For I am preparing you for the journey of journeys. Thus Saith the Lord.

Good News

January 31, 1998 (Saturday Evening)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

Yea, even My Spirit witnesseth tonight that I am in the midst of Thee, saith the Lord. Yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, do not let this service pass you by, for I am in the midst. Yea I, the Lord thy God, would strengthen thee, yea, I would touch thee, yea, I would help thee. Be made aware of My Presence and worship and glory in My Presence, saith the Lord.

For I say unto thee, I have good news. Yea, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, I have good news. Prepare thy heart and get ready to hear, for I, the Lord thy God, am preparing to speak unto thee. Yea, I the Lord thy God, I have good news, saith the Lord. I have good news. Prepare thy heart and receive this night, saith the Lord. (Hallelujah)

Come to Me

February 1, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Sister Tremain

I am here. I am here. This very moment I’m here. Doubt thou not. Have not doubt of what My servant said… Have no doubt. Trust in Me. That’s what You need. It’s fully trust in Me. I am thy God. I will be your God.

But you must come to Me. You must come to Me. Be honest before Me. Be honest before Me. Oh, that’s what My blessing was. Come to Me with openness. Come unto Me and I will give to you what you ask. In My Name, come to Me. Oh, My Beloved. My Beloved. My Beloved. You have heard Me speak this day. You have heard Me speak this day. My precious servant. Have no doubts that I am with thee. Have no doubts.

You can always do when I am with thee. These ones, these ones that are out there, this precious Lady. Have no fear, have no fear. I can use My tools. I can use who I choose to work for Me, to do the things that I need. They are a tool. They can be tools. You come, you just come and you just trust in Me. My Beloved… Oh, just trust in Me. Give ear. Give ear. Give ear to what I’m saying.

Take Heed to My Word

February 1, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Sister Anna Jones

My children, My children, I’ve seen you worshiping Me. I’ve seen you praising Me, I delight in it. If you heed to My Word, if you will heed to My Word, My children, I have the wedding garment ready for you, I will dress you. I will show you things, I will show you things ahead. I will show you things that you have never seen before.

This is the time, My children, to worship Me. You worship Me. I love you, My children. I love you, My children. Just take heed to My Word. Take heed to My Word and do My Word, My children. I will dress you, I have your garment ready. I have it ready. Just take heed to My Word and do my commandments, I will dress you.

Drawn into His Presence

February 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

But oh, I’m glad to find out… Do you know what God said to me? He said, “I counted on you.” He said, “I counted on you. Once more,” He said, “Once more, I’ll count on you. Give it all. Give it all. Everything I’ve put in you, give it all this time.” Oh Lord. Oh yes, oh yes, it’s going to break out.

Oh, the Lord would say unto thee, it’s going to break on the right hand, it’s going to break out on the left hand. Oh yes, the Lord would say unto thee, it’s going to break out before you. It’s going to break out behind you. Oh yes. Oh, I’m going to send My Revival Spirit, greater than you’ve ever known.

You’re going to walk in ways you’ve never walked in before, saith the Lord. And I’m going to draw. Have you seen a winch? I’m going to draw forth from the heavenlies, like man would draw with a winch. I’m going to draw. I’m going to start with you. I’m going to draw you first into My Presence. Then I’m going to start drawing the ones you love. And when I have sprung forth on the right hand and the left hand, you’ll see those that you never dreamed you would bask in My Presence with, you’ll see them.

For behold, I will do a new thing. And I will cause an anointing to come, that will direct every part of this ministry. And you will see neighbors, you will see friends that you would have never put in this place. You’ll see them here, basking in My Glory. Once more, saith the Lord, will I shake, even to the threshold of the door will I shake, and out of men’s bellies shall flow Rivers of Living Water.

Do not limit Me. Religion has stopped My flow. Religion has limited Me, and I am waiting for a people that will not limit Me by their ideas or their interpretations, but who will follow the pull into My Glory.

You’ll be that people, for I have chosen you. Do not ponder in your heart how I will do it, but tonight prepare yourself. And also, I hear the Word of the Lord saying, “Do not lodge this night in the Plain of the Wilderness, but arise and make haste, and get ye over to the other side of Jordan.” Oh yes, Lord. I want somebody to just wave their arm to God.

Enlarge Your Borders

February 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy, Part in Song, given through Brother Shelley

Knew the trouble, some of you,your soul was troubled before I ever started,Weeks ago, on praise.Your soul was troubled.We could think of every excuse in the book,and never hit the right one of why you get troubled sometimes.

But I’ll give you the Word of the Lord.I’ll tell you as straight as I know how to tell you.Straight from the Lord. “It’s just growing pains.“You can think of all kinds of excuses of why you feel the way you feel,But I’ll give you the Word of the Lord. To all who will receive it, “It’s just growing pains.”

Because you have filled,because you have filled up with your praise,You’ve just filled up, you know.You can’t fill up any more and so it empties out.It just comes oozing out, and sometimes it comes flooding out,and it leaves you like a rag doll. Nothing left. Here’s the solution.

“Enlarge Thy borders,” saith the Lord. Take up thy stakes and move your tent. For I want to fill you up and there is not room enough for My Glory. Enlarge thy borders, saith the Lord. Give Me room. Give Me room. I want to fill you up. Pull up thy stakes out of dry ground. Spread forth thy borders, spread them wide. Enlarge thyself, so I can fill you with My Glory. When I fill the space of the habitation you have made for Me, When I fill My Life, when I fill you with My Life, Until there is no more room. I will say unto thee again, “Spread forth thy tent. Enlarge thyself, for there is more.” Do you want more, children? Enlarge thyself. When I have filled you and filled you, I will reveal Myself. When I have revealed Myself, it will never, never, never leak out again. When you have seen My face, when you have beheld My Glory, When you have seen Me do the exceedingly abundant, When you see Me raise up this place from utter destruction, And you see Me use it to call forth to the world, You’ll never leak again. For it is only I, that can lift up what man has cursed. It is only I, that can bless what man has cursed. So tonight, I call thee.

I didn’t even know I was going to sing. Enlarge thyself.That’s the answer. Somebody said, what does it mean? What am I going to do? How do I enlarge myself? How do I spread forth my tent? How do I pull up my stake?

Oh, it may not be easy. But what it means is,you’ve got to be receptive to change in your life.You’ve got to be willing to let God rearrange your schedule,you’ve got to be willing to let God rearrange your life.You’ve got to be willing to let God change your mind,and change your plans.God said, “You’ve got a plan, but it may or may not be My plan.“So we’ve got to be willing to let God change our plans,even sometimes our dreams. Oh, oh yes.

A New Song

February 16, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Helen Burgess & Interpretation given through Sister Tremain

A new song, I give you a new song. When you go out into the river, the deeper you go, the newer the song. It will sway, and it will make you feel like you’re in the River. And it’s so sweet. Follow thou Me. Follow thou Me, and you shall have a new song.

Precious ones, precious ones, can you not give of yourselves. Do not fear, do not be afraid. Yield yourselves to Me. And like the precious servant said, I will come to you, I will give you, I will give it to you.

Brother Shelley:

Yes. Yes. Oh, my! What revelation! Do you realize that’s revelation that we’ve never heard before? The deeper you go in the river, hallelujah, the newer the song. Hallelujah. Praise God! Revelation! Revelation! Oh, yes. Hallelujah. Hallelujah!

I Will Hear Your Cry

February 16, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Betty Omilian

…cried unto the Lord, and He did not hear their cry. [Oh, yes. Oh, yes. Oh, yes. Hallelujah.] My Word is truth, my children. Cry unto Me, and I will hear you. [I will.]

Covet the Best Gift

February 16, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Joyce Greeley & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

Oh, who is man that he would determine in his heart the gift that I have given him? Knowest thou not that My Holy Ghost is in you? Don’t you know when I place My Holy Ghost in you that all the gifts are available to you, saith the Lord? I’ve given you the Spirit of God, and I have told you that everything that is in Me I have poured into you.

Don’t you know I have wisdom in Me? I give you wisdom. Don’t you know I have knowledge in Me? I give you knowledge. Don’t you know I have tongues in Me? I give you tongues. Don’t you know I have interpretation in Me, said God? I give you interpretation. There is healing in Me and gifts of faith. I give it unto thee, saith the Lord.

Yea, I say unto thee, do not narrow yourself, do not allow yourself to be fenced in, said God. But I will use whoever will yield. Whoever will yield, I will use. I will use, saith the Lord. Maybe I’ve used you with a gift in the past and you’ve claimed that gift to be yours, and you believe in your heart that there are no more for you.

But I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, I have spoken in My Word, “Covet the best gift,” said God. And the best gift is the gift that is needed at that very moment. I will use you. Do not limit Me. Do not limit Me, saith the Lord, but be ready to flow and be ready to be used in whatever gift I give unto thee, saith the Lord.

God is Flowing

February 16, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see young people flowing. I see little bashful young people flowing. Oh, yes. I see people prophesying. Oh, yes. Hallelujah. You want me to tell you how God’s flowing? Do you want me to tell you what revival’s taking place? And what is… God’s using even things to confirm it. I was not able to contact this brother.

But I’ve only spoke with him one time. He has no way of knowing that I made a trip. He has no way of knowing that we’ve had any kind of experience yesterday or that God has moved. Or that anything. But that brother from New Orleans called while I was away. And he said, “I want Brother Shelley to call me, and tell him that I’ve got a Word of the Lord for him.” Oh, hallelujah.

Oh, hallelujah. Oh, God’s just moving. He’s just flowing. Oh, my. And you know what, it won’t be long until I don’t have to go off or I don’t have to get long distance calls to get a Word from the Lord. But God will start using you. Many of you will lose your resistance and that little bit of fear and intimidation to approach me.

Oh, when this anointing of God begins to flow, somebody’s liable to take the mike and prophesy the will of God to me. We’ve all got to be blessed. We’ve all got to grow in this thing. Would you lift up both…? Oh. In fact, we can’t move on. I can move on, but we can’t… Somebody else has got to do something here now. I don’t know what it is exactly.

Meeting with Important Ministers

February 16, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see myself sitting at a table with ministers, lots of ministers, lots of preachers. And we’re at the restaurant of the Heisey’s. I’m sitting there with a lot of ministers, all kinds of different ministers. Because the Lord’s going to give us favor with some important people in this city, who are ministers.

Because when they begin to hear and see the manifestations of revival, they’re not going to care about doctrine for a little while. They’re just going to want to get their people under that Glory and under that Anointing. Oh, hallelujah. Oh, hallelujah. Oh, yes.

Taking Back our Homes

February 16, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

You know what I see? I see such a funeral for the old and such a lifting up of the new, that I want some of you to start going through your homes and dedicating them back to God. Because I want you to know that through these terrible hard times, there were things said. There were spirits that we were under. There were all kinds of things that come in through our homes.

And I’m not accusing people of bringing them, like somebody coming over for a visit, although that can do it. Some of us, it was in us and on us. Right? So we don’t think we have to go purge our homes because so and so was there. Oh, no, that’s not what I’m talking about. But God sent me to take the Campground back. Some of you need to take your homes back. Listen. Some of you need to just go through your homes, husbands and wives together, it would be wonderful… Oh, yes, yes, yes, yes, yes.

The Lord wants to do something between husbands and wives that are here in this church. For some reason we have a feeling of embarrassment to be spiritual in front of our companion. There’s men who feel intimidated to be spiritual or to be led in front of their wives. There’s wives who are intimidated of being spiritual in front of their husbands in the home. God wants to move that out. If you can’t express what God’s dealing with you about to your companion, then there’s not a good flow of communication in the home. Somebody say, “Amen.” God wants to do that.

Oh, I wish you’d receive it. I don’t feel anybody receiving it. Will you receive that? Yes. There’s some people don’t hear me. There’s some people that don’t hear me. Everybody should begin to take their house back. Oh, yes. We need to go through this church and take it all back. Glory to God. It’s God’s. It belongs to God. We’re taking it back. No spirit, no demon, no terrible power from hell can abide, can torment. Oh, yes.

Remember the Lord showed me one time that that mobile home where Sister Ginger and Sister April and Sister Ruth are living now… Remember the Lord showed me one time there was a terrible spirit of turning back over that place?

Spirits can get on us and in our places and steal our joy. You remember when home was a place of peace? That’s how it’s supposed to be. Don’t you want your house to be a house of peace, a place of peace?

I’m going to tell you something. I just got a Word from the Lord, and you better listen to it. He just spoke to my spirit. And I don’t even have enough of them. I don’t even have enough of them. I don’t even have the scroll that we need to go with them. But I just saw it as God began to speak it to me. Every Jewish home has a little case on the door. It’s called a mezuzah. And I have some upstairs, but I don’t have the scrolls that go in them. And in those little cases is a portion of the promises that God made to His people.

And when they go in, you don’t have to do this, but when they go into a home, they kiss that box, because the Word that’s in it is precious to them. The Spirit of the Lord… I know that we don’t want not doctrine started. But I believe if people would do that in their heart… We’ll have to get them. I believe if people would put those on their doorposts… After you’ve prayed and put every spirit in Hell, out of it’s place, “Get out of here.” And then I believe if you’d… I see it in vi… I know it’s so. Hallelujah.

Thank God that no resistance matters now. Oh, there’s just freedom. Oh, I don’t have to go home tonight and check the computer. Hallelujah. I believe you put that Word of God… Maybe God will give us a Scripture to put in it. We won’t even use theirs. Maybe God will just put some Scriptures together that we roll up and put inside. And let it be a reminder to you every time you go through the door. “The Word of God is on my home. My home is covered by the Blood of Jesus and the Word of God. And no foul spirit has any right to trespass here. Somebody said, “Well, I just don’t think that…

“Bind it upon thy door post, saith the Lord.” That’s His Word. “Bind it upon thy doorpost. Tell it to your children and your children’s children. I like that. I think that’s good. Oh, yes. Oh, hallelujah. Oh, glory. Blend us… I’ve been asking God anyway, “Blend us, blend us, blend us, blend us, oh Lord, with your people. Blend us with them. Oh, Jesus.”

You know what I am? I’m a spiritual Israelite. Oh, you know what I am? I’m a spiritual Jew. Do you know I was born from the loins of Abraham, and I am a part of his royal seed? Do you believe that? Wave at the Lord. We’re going to close. I don’t want to, but we’re going to close.

The Anointing is Dripping

February 17, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

Do, do, do not reason. Do not resist. Do not reason. For I will do the exceeding, over and abundant, in your midst, for I have chosen this work. I will lead you, and I will guide you by My Spirit. Wait. Wait. Do not reason. Do not resist. Wait, for you will see greater manifestation of My Spirit. Greater. Greater. Greater. Greater than the Book of Acts. For I have broken a people for My use, broken people, useable in My hand. Give Me your life, your time, your finances. Give Me yourself. You will never be sorry. Do not resist.

Be ready to receive with open arms, for I will draw. I will draw. I will draw. I will draw by My Spirit. Miracles, miracles, miracles of healing, of deliverance, and of provision. For I will cause the wicked to give unto thee for My Kingdom’s sake. Do not hesitate to take that which I will give you, for when they need help, they will surely know where to seek it. In the end, you will serve them, and give them greater and weightier things than what they have given you.

The old is decaying, making way for fresh anointings. It’s dripping. It’s dripping. The oil of My anointing is dripping in your midst. Be ready to rise and anoint thyself with this anointing. It’s dripping. It’s dripping. It’s dripping. Do not fear what man can do unto thee. For I will harden him who I would harden, and I will soften him whom I would soften. Learn the difference, for you will flow in My Spirit. All fear will vanish.

Because of the anointing, the yoke shall be destroyed. The fear of being wrong, the fear of being in the flesh, the fear of being rebuked, will drift away. Because of the anointing, you will flow, and I will confirm My Word. And you will take this anointing wherever you go. In a few days I will meet you in Ontario with this anointing, and yet the same anointing will be here to keep you, who cannot journey.

This is the year of short journeys. Go quickly. Return quickly. You won’t desire to miss what will happen while you’re away. Go quickly. Come quickly. You’ll be the glove on My hand, to crush, and to lift up. I have found a place, broken. I have found vessels who will no longer fear reputations. My Word, My Truth, My Anointing will flow forth. Be ready. Your obedience will sustain you. Thus saith the Lord. Hallelujah.

Sadam Hussein Posing Increasing Danger

February 17, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

The Lord showed me today that if America doesn’t do something quick, really quick… And I’ll just say this. They better either take him hostage, or they better kill him, because he’s insane. The Lord showed me that so real today, that he’s insane. And in the mental condition that he’s in, he would do something stupid.

You see, when these people get under those spirits, that’s what caused these… Did they call them Kamikazes? …Suicide pilots. And they were willing. They knew when they got on the airplane, that they weren’t coming back. Most of them weren’t coming back alive. Their job was to crash the airplane with a bomb in it. And they were sacrificing. What about these people that they find with all these explosives strapped to their body? They’ll run into a crowd.

And so the Lord, so real, put it on my heart today (because that prophetic anointing is flowing so strong), that he’s insane, and that if they don’t do something very quick, he will get to the place where he’ll do something very stupid. I know exactly what that is. He’ll strike America.

You see, he knows that he… He really knows that if he struck America he’d be dead within forty-eight hours, but he don’t care because he’s getting more and more and more insane. And he convinces himself because he’s in this mental condition that it would be worth it for his cause.

In fact, the Lord showed me that he has two or three that he’s training under him, because he doesn’t expect to live. And I know that’s totally opposite from the picture that they would portray on the media, that he expects to conquer that part of the world. But he doesn’t expect to live. He expects to be killed, but he’s training more wild people under him, two or three under him that could take over, so let’s pray that God will do something, because it’s serious.

And I’ll just tell you, there’s no way to settle it without strike. There’s no way to settle it without forceful strike against it. There’s no way to do it. And you know, they told me today… After the Lord had already started dealing with this, I mentioned some of this to Chad today. But they told me today that they’ve heard (I didn’t hear it on the news) that people are worried because he is in close contact with some of the leaders in Russia.

And Yelzin is not a heathy man, and all the time they try to portray him as healthy, but they can’t do it because he keeps getting sick. And so, he’s not a healthy man, and some of the people who are second in command are sympathizers to the movement of Saddam Hussein. And don’t think that Russia doesn’t have arsenals. It’s there. And I know there’s not Russia as we know it, but the communist party didn’t just go to sleep over night, or die overnight. It’s still there.

And so I just wanted to tell you that you should ask the Lord… It’s a terrible thing for lives to be at risk, and I wish that it would be… Wouldn’t it be wonderful if we could just believe the Lord tonight, and it would all be over? But if he dies tonight it’s not over. See, it’s not over. There’s another army coming right under him, other leaders coming right under with the same devil on them.

And I tell you again, because God confirmed it to me again today, he definitely has weapons of mass destruction. And if they don’t do something… You know, I wish I was in a position to tell somebody, if they don’t do something, and they don’t do it now, start moving now, then he is going to eventually get to the place where he’s so crazy that it doesn’t matter what happens anyway.

And he could absolutely launch an attack on America, but he won’t attack America first. He’ll attack something precious to America. He’ll find something precious to America and then he will turn his target right on us.

And so, actually we stand (in this area), we stand to be at risk, because we are the home of the largest infantry training camp of the United States army. The largest infantry training camp is Fort Benning in the whole United States army. And so it would be very wise in military tactics to wipe out this place, because you’d wipe out the School of Americas and you would wipe out some of the… What is that? …the ranger program. A lot of the ranger training goes here. And some of the most skilled people in warfare come right here to Fort Benning for training, and they keep some of them here for times of need.

So I’m not prophesying that, but I am prophesying that is America doesn’t do something fast, he’s going to start doing some very insane things. It doesn’t matter to him that he’s going to die. He doesn’t care. He’s willing to die for his cause. So would you pray tonight, will you pray tomorrow, will you pray for people…

Of course, I feel sorry for that woman. That’s terrible, but what business does a woman have in the military anyway? You know, they should think of these kinds of things before they join the military and have babies. It’s serious. But would you pray tonight, because we all would be touched, directly or indirectly if something terrible broke out there. They’ve already sent thousands of ground troops, and Fort Benning has already deployed soldiers, but something is shaping up, and it’s serious.

And what about the fact that some of the nations of the union are not going to support it? Why would they not want to put an end to it? See, there’s a reason for it. And so, would you really pray?

I’m not making it up, or trying to sound mysterious. He brought it to me so real that he’s getting sicker and sicker and sicker. See, I don’t mean so sick that he can’t go out in public and conduct himself, no. But these demon spirits that are talking to him, they keep talking and the threats and their ideas get stronger and stronger, and one of these days, he’s liable to get good and mad.

No, he’s not liable to. He’s going to if they don’t stop him and he’ll just say, “Go get them,” and he’ll just sit back in the chair and wait on the bomb to go in pieces. Why would he care? So, we need to pray tonight. It’s serious. And especially with Iran as well, because they’ve got a powerful group of people over there. That’s serious business.

And in some way… You know, Israel said… I have the Jerusalem post this week, and Israel says that they will retaliate, but they’re hoping not to get involved. But remember, if they really wanted to get America’s goat, they would strike Israel. They’ve got the power to do it. They’ve got missiles turned on Israel right now. And I’ll tell you in the name of the Lord, less than three hundred miles from Tel Aviv, less than three hundred miles from Tel Aviv, they’ve got some of those weapons stored, and they could strike Israel.

So let’s pray tonight that the Lord will do mighty things. Somebody said, “Well, do think we could turn…” We could. The great Anointing of God that’s here, we could turn the tide of history. I’m going to quit… Of course, I’ve always believed to a certain extent, but I’m going to quit believing that I’m not important in God’s economy. I think I’m very important in God’s economy, and I think you’re very important in God’s economy, and I think we could change history. I think we could turn the tides. I believe we could conquer nations from this place. Without ever going anywhere, I believe we can conquer nations…

A New Ministry

February 18, 1998 (Wednesday Evening)

Personal Word directed to Brother Shelley, Prophetic Word given by Brother Shane Vaughn (Brother from New Orleans)

But this brother from New Orleans, Louisiana called and told my wife, he said, “I want to get in touch with Brother Shelley, because I was praying and God gave me a word for him. I’ve got the word of the Lord for him.”

We only spoke one time. He had no idea of my plans. I spoke with him, what has it been a month ago now, or maybe even five weeks ago. It could be that long, because things are moving along right quickly. And so it was right as I was beginning to speak on praise that he called me. His name is Brother Shane Vaughn. And he pastors the Remnant Church in New Orleans, Louisiana.

He was scrolling through the web… He was surfing through the net, and he typed in the word “revival.” And I don’t know what search engine he was using, but he came up with two hits. And one was ours, and one was Sister Ruth’s book, the little site on the book. And he read about the book and he decided that he was going to get it to read it.

And then he moved over to ours and he went through it and he got a real blessing. And he called and left a message on the answering machine and he said, “I was reading your sermons on the web page, and the Power of God, the Holy Ghost came in and I began to speak in tongues. And I called to my wife and said, “Honey, come here. I want you to feel this Glory of the Lord. I want you to feel this Presence of God, and I want you to read some of this on here.”

And so I got home and I called him that Saturday night, talked to him over an hour on the phone. He asked me some questions about the ministry of Brother Branham. We talked about different things that God was doing. And I had had the vision of Sister Ruth’s face as she smiled at me. And I thought, “Well, he seems to move in different circles than what I move in, and I’m going to ask him if he knows anything about her.”

And he said he did. However, at that moment he didn’t tell me that he just had learned it; that same day he had just found it. He made it sound like he had known all about it, you know. And he said, “Yes, and she’s got a book and you ought to read it.” He didn’t tell me he hadn’t ever read it. He just, you know, kind of was sharing like that.

And so that’s what put me on the search to go and get the book, because I knew God had given me the picture of her face, and there had to be some connection there. So anyway, that was all that was said, and we had a wonderful conversation.

And so last night at… (What time was it? About a quarter until eleven or twenty until eleven as we were getting ready to go out the door, he called the church. And so I went in my office and took the call. And he said, “Brother Shelley, I have to give you a word from the Lord.”

And he said, “Before I do, please get some more sermons on the Internet.” He said, “I have already preached all of those two or three times.” And he said, “I’m running out of material. I need some more.” He said, “I’ve decided instead of buying sermon outlines to get my ideas and things,” he said, “I’m going to get ideas from you and let the Lord make it real to me and preach it.”

And he said, “We’ve been having more people get the Holy Ghost and more people healed and more of an Anointing in our church since I’ve been preaching your sermons.” Hallelujah. Glory to God. (Tongues)

And he said, “I’ll tell you the one that helped me. It’s the richest thing I’ve ever heard.” He said, “I’m not just saying that.” He said, “I think you can know by my manner of talk the last time we talked that I’m not just flattering you for any reason.” But he said, “When I read where you preached that at Calvary the Bride of Christ was separated…” See, he had never heard that in Brother Branham’s ministry.

He said, “Oh, that really touched me.” But he said, “I kept reading. And you began to tell that through a narrow spot the Bride was going back in.” And he said, “When I got up and preached that,” he said, “The Power of God came down, and three different times I had to stop preaching, because the Glory of the Lord and the Power of God just filled the place, and people were lost in worship.”

He said, “I’ve got a word of the Lord for you.” He said, “Just like Aaron and Hur came to Moses,” he said, “You’ve had people who have been Aaron and Hurs to you over the years. They have held your hands.” And he said, “Because…” He said, “I see in the Spirit that in the recent past some of the ones who have held your hands like Aaron and Hur have tried to bind your hands.”

And he said, “Isn’t it strange that the very ones that would support you and hold you up would be the same ones that would come in to bind your hands and keep you from doing what God had called you to do, to try to prevent and destroy?” And he said, “I see that a lot of those people have moved away from you and they’re gone.”

But he said, “Be very careful, because there’s still people moving in and out around you that the enemy would like to use them instead of holding up your hands to bind your hands.” And he said, “The reason why is, the Lord would say unto thee, ‘I give you a new ministry, and I give you a freshness in the gifts that you’ve never had before, and a liberty and a freedom to flow without any restraint or restriction. Because you’re soon going to be to the place where it doesn’t matter what people think.'”

He said, “I see something like a case or a shell cracking away from you, and you’re emerging from that. And I see healing flowing and miracles.” Remember the vision when God… I just told you God lifted me up while I was in Virginia and showed me crutches and things being passed along?

And he said, “I see you ministering to people with all kinds of faces. Some are brown and some are oriental.” He said, “There’s a mixed multitude in services.” And he said, “All kinds of people.” And he said, “You’re no longer going to minister in one box, but God is going to use you to minister in all kinds of churches, and you’re going to tell them the truth, because you’re not a man of compromise.

But you’re not going to feel the need to cause people to conform. You’re going to feel the need to cause people to come under the same Anointing and the same Power that has changed you and caused you to live the way that you want to live.”

And he said some other personal things. One was, he said, “I see that…” He said, “I don’t know your wife, “but he said, “I see that the Lord has given her to you.” And he said, “I see that sometimes…” He said, “I’ll tell you. In my marriage… I’ve been married four years.” And he said, “Sometimes it’s been the best thing and sometimes the worst thing.”

Because he said, “My wife struggles to understand the Anointing of God and the flow and how a man of God operates. And it’s hard for her sometime to deal with the mood swings and things that go on with someone who’s living sometimes in another realm.” But he said, “There’s a gift coming and an Anointing coming for your wife that she’s going to be able to understand in a greater measure the realm that you work in.” And less than two hours before then, God had said the very same thing right here.

Rest on Mount Zion

February 18, 1998 (Wednesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

The Lord would say unto thee this night, there is a land. Yea, I say unto thee, there is a land that floweth with milk and honey. And I have prepared it for thee, saith the Lord. And I have called unto thee, “Come, and enter into My Rest.”

Oh, I say unto thee, enter into My Rest, for there is Rest on Mount Zion. Have I not spoken unto thee, that you can come into the Tabernacles that I have pitched on Mount Zion, and find Rest in My Pavilion, saith the Lord, and continue on? Have I not spoken unto you that when you have gone as far as you can go, that I will bear you to the top? Oh, I say unto thee, My children, Zion Ease, Ease on Mount Zion is waiting for you.

Rest in My Presence. Rest in My Glory. Struggles are ceasing. I am calling you to that realm where struggles cease, flesh has finished its struggle, and you bask in My Glory. That’s what I’m calling you to.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, harden not your heart, but receive My Word with gladness tonight. For some among you will find Rest on Mount Zion swiftly. And when they have found Rest in Me on Mount Zion, they will bid you, they will call you, they will help you in to My Rest. Prepare your hearts, for you will rest in My Glory. Did I not come and shut the door? Did I not come, saith the Lord, and shut the door of the ark? Oh, and I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, what do you think the atmosphere of the ark was, when I shut the door?

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, it was a span of time before the rain came. What do you think the atmosphere of the ark was? Oh, though Noah preached from the window to those who would hear and not obey, when he had gone down into the ark, I tell you, the atmosphere of the ark was Rest and Peace in My Presence, for I had shut the door.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, prepare yourself to enter into Ease and Rest on Mount Zion, for I will give My people special Rest, and special Peace in the Spirit, as they are waiting for the events to unfold, and then I close the door. And when I have closed the door, My people will still be resting in My Ease and in My Glory, saith the Lord.

Worship & Build

February 18, 1998 (Wednesday Evening)

Prophecy read by Sister Heisey (Prophecy given to Sister Heisey on Monday 9, 1998)

Oh, My children, My Bride, what House will you build Me? I say unto thee, you have sown and bring in little, you eat, but you have not enough, you drink but you are not filled. Ye clothes you, but ye are not warm and he that earns much wages to be put into a bag with holes. I say unto thee, My Bride, lay aside thy tasks. Lay aside thy labor and worship Me, the only God. Beside Me there is none other.

I have heard My daughter’s testimony of her one-hour of worship, and I have blessed her for it. I delighted in it. Others have found this secret of praise and worship; of whom I cannot fully enjoy. But ye have been called unto My Holiness, when you praise Me, I take complete delight in Thy praise. When you praise Me, construction takes place in the Heavenlies. A building of virtue and praise is being built in your name.

I say unto thee, worship and build. Build and worship and see if I will do what I have said unto thee. I love thee with a great love and lived My life as an Example unto thee. Did I not go into the mountains apart to pray? This is my example unto thee. Set thyself apart unto Me, My Bride, and I will open the windows of heaven and ye will be fulfilled in ways ye know not of.

Thin Spiritual Membrane

February 18, 1998 (Wednesday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see in the Spirit tonight; I see an onion skin. I see a membrane that is as thin as an onion skin. How many of you have ever seen onion paper? It’s so thin. Artists use it for tracing. I see a membrane in the Spirit tonight that is so thin.

And the Glory of God is behind that membrane. And every now and then, you stick a shoulder in it, or a foot in it. And the membrane is stretchy. And so, as you push this way or push that way in the Spirit, You’re moving between this realm and the Glory of God, The Spirit. I feel it. And yet, that membrane keeps us from flowing Like God wants us to flow in this service tonight. Our minds…

I Will Supply

February 19, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Before I have accomplished My Plan in your midst, saith the Lord. Before I have finished that which I have set forth to do, I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, that I will so supply.

Before I have finished My work, I will so supply, that it shall store up in surplus, and you will labor diligently to distribute all that I place in your hands. For I will keep My Promise unto you, so saith the Lord. (Hallelujah. Praise the Lord.)

I Will Provide

February 19, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Sister Annie Jones

Hear, My children. I have ordained this ministry. And I am in the midst of thee. I know all your needs. Have I not always provided? And I will meet your needs again, because I didn’t change I am the same yesterday, today, and forever. If you are faithful to Me, I will always be faithful to you. Just hold fast, My children. I will meet the needs. I will provide. This is My ministry. I have ordained this ministry. Just rest in this, My children.

Abundance of Rain

February 19, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

I hear the Spirit saying another thing. I hear the Spirit of the Lord saying that… And for me to say it this way. “I hear the sound of the abundance of rain.” Hallelujah. Glory to God. “As the clouds roll in, I hear the sound of abundance of rain. And what has started out as a cloud about the size of a man’s hand, will soon cover us, as it grows and multiplies. It’ll no longer be a small cloud, but a dense, thick, mighty cloud, bringing the showers of God’s Glory and His blessings on His people. (Hallelujah. Glory to God.)

Spiritual Rain

February 19, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Chad Jernigan

I don’t know exactly what happened. (Sorry) But something inside of me is changed. I feel that gift of yielding that He’s told me that He would give to me. While I was there, I saw everyone worshiping. In my spirit, I saw everyone worshiping. It was just like some kind of rain was coming down, but it wasn’t a natural rain. It was a spiritual rain. It was just like He was pouring His Glory out upon us. It flowed through this whole building. And the resistance is going. The resistance is going.

Fountain of Living Waters

February 22, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Draw nigh from the Fountain of Living Waters. It is flowing for thee. All you have to do is just reach out, claim it, My children. I love you, My children. I love you. I love you, My children. Enter in, My children. It’s for you I died. My beloved, my darlings. I love you, My Bride. I love you. Come unto Me. Come unto Me. Come unto Me. Come unto Me.

A Way Being Made

February 27, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

For the Lord would say unto thee this night, there is a way being made, and there is a door that standeth open unto thee, said the Lord. I have gone before and I have cleared the jungle-way, and I have made a way for thee, saith the Lord. My children, My children, do not be afraid to walk in the way that I have made, for I will lead you, saith the Lord, into the realms of My Glory and My Spirit and My Presence, that you have only heard of and dreamed, saith the Lord. (Hallelujah)

But yea, the Lord would say unto thee this night, if you refuse the way, and if you do not regard the Open Door that sets before you, then I will take those who will. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, you’d be left standing, gazing, waiting on another opportunity. I, the Lord, would say unto thee this night, there’ll be no more opportunities for you, for I am calling you now, and I am saying unto thee, “The Way is made.” Walk in the Way that I have made.

Walk in the Way that I have chosen, and follow the leading of My Spirit, for I will lead you into victory that you know not of. And I will lead you into Revelation that you know not of. Do not be afraid to follow the gentleness of My Spirit. For I would say unto thee again, “The Way has already been made. The Foundations thereof have been laid,” and I, the Lord thy God, have come to build upon the Foundation that was laid.

I am the Lord, and I am raising up a habitation upon the Foundation that has already been laid. Rejoice, saith the Lord. Rejoice, and cause your feet to walk in the Way of the Lord, and I will surely give you that which you desire, and more, saith the Lord.

Take Up Your Cross

February 28, 1998 (Saturday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

For the Lord would say unto thee this night. Yea, I the Lord thy God would say unto thee, this is the hour to take up your cross. For this is the hour of going forth in My Name, saith the Lord. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, let every man, let every woman, let every boy, let every girl that heareth the Voice of God, let him take up his cross. Let him be a disciple. Let him be a follower of the Great I Am.

Oh, I say unto thee, it is My desire to fill thee with My joy and to fill thee with My Spirit, saith the Lord, so that wherever you go, you take Me with you. For I desire to seek and to save that which is lost. And I will use the man who takes up his cross. I will go with that man and I will be a witness in his life.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I am getting you ready this year to be filled with My joy, filled with My Glory, as you take up your cross. For I say unto thee, as you have made it through this year, going into deeper things in Me and praising Me as never before, yea I say unto thee, the year that is to follow this year is the year of the lost to be saved.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, in the year that follows this year, I will give you the greatest harvest of souls that you have ever known, saith the Lord. Even so that your garners will be full and run over.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I will cause you to go out into the highways and the hedges and compel men and women to the cross. And only those who take up their cross and who are willing to bear My burden to the world, those are the ones that will see souls saved by their hands.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, not preachers only, but every person who takes up their cross, I will give them a harvest of souls. And in that harvest, I will give each one of them in that harvest some who are their loved ones, and some who are their own blood, saith the Lord. Prove Me, said God. Don’t doubt Me but prove Me, and see if I won’t do exactly what I have said unto thee this night. For I am filling you with My Spirit, and restoring your joy, and getting ready to send those who take up their cross, out to bring in a harvest, saith the Lord.

I Will Give You Waters

February 28, 1998 (Saturday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Oh, I’ve got Rivers that you know not of. I’ve got Rivers that you know not of, saith the Lord. I’ve got depths that you’ve never walked in before, saith the Lord. There’s a movement in the Water that you’ve never flowed through before.

And the Lord would say unto thee, prepare thyself. Oh, for even if you would stand in the River, you’ll feel the movement. You’ll feel the current as it would come by your legs. You’ll know that the Presence of the Lord has visited you. And I will cause you to pass through the Waters, and they shall not overflow you, saith the Lord. And when you’ve passed through the Fire, you shall not be burned.

For you are Mine and I have laid My hand upon thee, and I will sustain thee, though Satan rages. I will cause you to drink Water, saith the Lord, when those around you die with thirst, I will cause you drink Living Waters. You will stand in the midst of people who are thirsting, who are dying, but I will give you Water.

And to every person that you will give this Water to, from that number I will call My people and they will also drink, saith the Lord. Do not be afraid, for the Water is troubled tonight, and there is movement in the Water. And I will manifest Myself to him that would believe, saith the Lord.

Growing Pains

March 10, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

For the Lord would say unto thee this evening. I have seen thee as thou hast come into My House, and I have seen you needy, I have seen you afflicted, and I have seen the hunger in your spirit, saith the Lord.

Yea, I the Lord thy God would say unto thee that Satan has even said to some of you, that you have begun to lose the refreshing that you received just a few weeks ago. But I the Lord thy God would say unto thee, that which you have known now is not losing the refreshing, but the Lord would say unto thee, it’s growing pains.

For I say unto thee that My children are growing in the things of the Spirit. I have given you My Word. I have revealed to you the mysteries thereof, and now I am calling you to stretch forth thyself in the Spirit, saith the Lord, and worship Me with a purity of heart. Worship Me with a clearness of mind, and I will cause you to stretch forth and grow into the realms of My Glory.

Yea, I would say unto thee, growth is painful. It’s painful to the physical body. It’s painful to the mental capacities. But I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee that every person under the sound of My Voice tonight is about to embark on a plane of spiritual growth. I am going to cause you to grow in the things of the Spirit, I’m going to open your understanding, saith the Lord, to that other realm, that realm of My Glory. I am going to cause you to flow in the Spirit and to understand the things that I would say to you in this hour. But I say again, growth is painful.

And so the Lord would say, encourage your heart. Do not be discouraged and to not be heavy laden and do not be wearied down in flesh. For I say unto thee, there will be spurts of growth. There will be seasons of growth, and I will bring you forth into My Image, and I will give you revolutions of Glory, and revolutions of spiritual change, as I cause you to grow to My Image, and I reveal My perfection to you.

Be encouraged this night, saith the Lord, for your love and the sincerity of your heart has caused My Presence to be with you. Prepare to grow, prepare to grow in the Spirit, and prepare to grow in the natural, as I bring forth My people to receive that which I am doing in this hour, so saith the Lord.

Devastation for North Alabama

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see in the Spirit, for just a moment, I see the map of Alabama. And I see the northern part of the State of Alabama, as they have received so many storms in years past in that part of north Alabama.

But I some devastation on the map for North Alabama. I see some terrible winds and tornadoes flattening whole streets. I see whole sides of the streets laid flat. And yet, oddly enough, I can see a house standing. With flattened houses all around it. How many of you know that’s the mind of God? That’s how these storms work sometimes.

Somebody said, “I don’t believe God brings devastation. The Book of Nahum said, ‘God is a God of the whirlwind.” Oh, but He doesn’t bring it without warning. The Bible teaches us that warning always precedes judgment.

I see a real long path of these tornadoes. Somebody said, “I don’t know if I believe in that or not.” It doesn’t matter. God gave us just a few weeks ago, concerning those storms for Florida. He showed us the devastation that was coming forth for that area. It was the worst storms that Florida had experienced. Like that tornado is the most deadly.

I see lives lost in North Alabama. And the reason why God reveals these things is, for you and I to pray for souls in that area, that they will find the Lord, that someone will speak to their heart. And the little children of God, the little people of God will be burdened. And they don’t even know why they’re burdened sometime. But maybe some little church just gets a burden. They start handing out tracts in neighborhoods. Little Pastors start knocking on doors in neighborhoods. They don’t even know why they’re there.

And just a few weeks later, after they passed out tracts, devastation sweeps through. And our hope and prayer is that God reveals it, so that some little person can read a tract or hear a word.

Sports Figure Being Shot

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see a man of dark skin. You know I’m not a sports person. I don’t know sports too well. But I see a man of dark skin with a sports uniform on. And if I was more familiar with sports, I might know what sport the uniform was about. But I see him as a figure known in the sports world. And I see him being shot unexpectedly in a public place, very shortly.

And I see him holding his chest, his stomach, toward his stomach and bending over. And whoever this man is, the Lord (Hallelujah) is warning him. I feel the warning coming from the portals of Glory to that man. The Lord is warning him. And though he has been a reckless man of, with a sinful life, he is finding some warning from the Lord. And in the last moments of his life, he’s going to find his grandmother’s religion. He’s going to find his grandmother’s faith, as he slips out. Hallelujah.

The basic color of his uniform, the basic color of his jersey-like top is white. There is a three. I can’t make out the other number, but there is a three. If I could just see a little closer in the Spirit, I might make out the other number. But the, one of the numbers is a three.

A Place of Deliverance

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Sister Annie Jones

I am your God. I am in the midst of thee. I have spoken this morning. Have you taken heed to My Word, My children? I brought you to this place to hear from heaven. I have spoken. I am your Lord and I love you.

I brought you to this place to be delivered, My children. You have gone astray. Some of you have gone astray, but I am still your God. I brought you to this place of deliverance, because I am your God. If you walk with Me, if you take heed to My Word, if you obey My Word and believe it, I will show you things to come. I will help you. I will meet you. I will baptize you with the Holy Ghost and Fire. I will do that in the midst of you.

But I am your God, and I love you. I have called you. This is the time. This is the time of deliverance. Don’t wait, My children. The time is at hand, for the days of Annanias and Sapphira are coming. I have spoken to you. Take heed, My children. I love you. I have said it. I am your Lord…

More Presidential Scandals

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Oh, and there is coming, I just hear the Word of the Lord say that people should not be so quick in thinking that getting rid of the President they’re going to find the answer. Because there is coming another President, full of scandal, right behind this one. America has seen the last of Presidents free from scandal. She’s forgotten God and she’s going to be led by wicked men.

Even in the next week, some dirty rotten things are going to be revealed concerning the investigation that’s going on right now. I’ve already told you in the Name of the Lord, our, our President is guilty. God’s already showed it. Most people know that.

But there is some dirty rotten things that are going to be revealed, and it’s going to be so smeared around that there will be very little that anybody can do about it because… I see the slanderous things. I see the newspaper articles going by me, just fast. Just like they were shuffling across my vision. Newspapers from all over the nations. Washington Post, Los Angeles Times, flashing by quickly. Every one of them, his picture right in prominence. More dirty details revealed.

But they’ll not be able to do much with it, because they’re casting such scandalous attacks even toward those who would investigate him. It’s a mess. The church should keep her hands off of it. God is working His will.

Earthquakes & Buildings Collapsing in Japan

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

I see a tall building in Japan. I know it’s Japan. I see the map. A tall building, several stories high, collapsing as the earth shakes around it. It must be an earthquake. And we have already prophesied serious earthquakes for Japan. It’s a, it’s a troubled area with activity.

But I see a tall building collapsing in the near future. That way you’ll know it was the Lord and not just a coincidence. Bless the Lord Jesus Christ. Bless His sweet Name.

Two Story Building on Campground

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

Even as I look to the left, I see the building that God has spoke about. And is two-stories and it has a green roof. There are windows on the front. There is something that comes out just a little bit from the front like a little porch or something, or a drive-under or something. Comes right out from the center of the front and goes down, with almost something that looks like columns on this side. And it almost looks like brick on those little columns out on the front. Hallelujah.

Plane Crash in Europe

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

I see a plane crash in Europe. I know that it’s Europe because I can tell by the lay of the land. It’s somewhat mountainous. In fact, there is still some snow in these mountains, as a jet airplane is going down.

Mercy, Lord, for those in that airplane right now, in the Name of Jesus. Mercy, Lord, for those will experience that. And have mercy on those tonight who let their own spirits cause them to doubt You when you move. Mercy on us as well. Give us something, Lord, that will help to be convinced of Your Sovereignty.

Water Accident

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

I see a water accident, an accident on a body of water. And I see people bobbling, bobbing up and down in the water, hoping for someone to come and rescue them. There is some writing on the side of the vessel. And it appears that the vessel is almost split. It’s breaking apart. And I see people falling, face first, face first, head first, out of this vessel, trying to spare their life. And people are bobbling, bobbing up and down in the water.

Mercy, God. Mercy, God. Oh yes. Mercy, God. Mercy, God.

Changes Being Made to Platform

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see Campmeeting this year. I see those changes being made. We’ve been wondering how we were going to do it. But I see changes being made to the platform that will better reflect the vision of God for that place.

And I see a fresh anointing like a wind blowing through that place, in the Spirit. Now I see it lifting the sawdust as it blows through that place. There is going to be a tremendous amount of souls that come filtering through, giving their hearts to the Lord this year. Oh yes. And I see those changes being made to the platform.

Lord, let me see You a little closer.

The Lord is helping me to know that He’s going to reveal the things that are needed to make it just like it’s supposed to be. I can’t see very clearly. Oh yes. Hallelujah.

Calling Forth a Bride

March 15, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Helen Burgess & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

Do not resist Me, saith the Lord. For I have seen your down-setting and I have seen your uprising. And I have seen you on your journey toward Me, saith the Lord. And think not in your heart that You have achieved or that you have arrived. Think not in your heart that you have gone all the way, neither that you have obtained or attained all that I have for you, saith the Lord.

Have I not revealed and spoken to thee that the way up Mount Zion is a perilous way? It is a treacherous way, it is a difficult way. But I will bring My Bride to the top, saith the Lord. And I will seal her with My anointing by the Holy Ghost, and she will stand glorified and perfected in Me.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, wear the cloak of humility this night, and be humble in My Presence. For it is My desire to lift thee and to direct thee, and to bring thee to the place that I can work My perfect work in your life. Do not harden your heart nor resist, but yield yourself unto Me, for it is My desire to meet you here. And when I meet you here, I will give you that which you have desired, saith the Lord.

Knowest thou not that I am God and I am not bound by man’s patterns. I am not bound by man’s ideas. No, saith the Lord, but it is God who has created the universe. It is God who has spoken and things that were not, became.

And I the Lord thy God would say unto thee, I will move in this hour in the way that I desire and I will not ask man’s permission. I will not ask for the permission of man or the approval of man, nor the approval of organized churches. But I will have My way with My people, for I have redeemed them and I am calling them out of man’s creeds and dogmas, and I will gather them together by My Spirit, and put My Word in their hearts.

And I will call forth a Bride. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, there is yet a Bride to come out of the church, and I will call her forth. Do not resist, said God. Do not allow the enemy to weary your flesh. But come before Me and prepare thyself, for I will show you great and mighty things which thou knowest not, if you will humble yourself before Me, said the Lord. Hallelujah.

Why Do You Resist the Wooing of God?

March 24, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Oh, why do you resist the wooing of God? Yes, why would you resist the wooing of God? I have laid My hand on you, and I have called you by your name, and I have placed My Spirit on you, saith the Lord. Why would you pull away from Me?

Oh, the Lord would say unto thee, the way before you is a bitter way, and it is a long way. Turn again, with everything that is within you, toward Me, and I will bring you to a channel of My Glory, so that I can use you to help others, saith the Lord. Why would you resist?

You’re Mine, and because You’re Mine, you will never enjoy the full pleasures of this world, for I have marked you, and I have laid My brand upon your back, saith God, and I will cause you, saith the Lord, not because of wrath, but because of love, I will cause you to be miserable. When you’re doing the things that I have commanded you not to do, I will cause you to be miserable, saith the Lord, because you’re Mine, and I will bring you forth in My Glory, saith the Lord.

A River Flowing Forth from This Place

March 29, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

I will pull down mountains, saith the Lord. I will make straight the crooked path, saith the Lord. I will make a Way where there is no way, saith the Lord. For I am God and I change not. I am the same One who made a path through the Red Sea. I am the same One that caused the high places to become low and I exalted My lowly servants and set them before the kings. Did I not call lowly Moses, yea, from the basket in the river? And did I not send him before the Pharaoh?

I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, there are some in the midst of thee this morning that will stand before kings, saith the Lord, and prophesy My Word, and nations will shake. For I, the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, I do not need man’s permission to revive My people. I do not need preachers’ permission to bring My Word to pass.

For I will cause a River to flow forth from this place, a River that makes the hearts of My children glad. A River that sets the feet of My saints to dancing, a River that causes the weary to rest. A River that causes the bound to go free. For the Lord thy God would say unto thee, I will send forth waves and waves and waves of My deliverance.

For the Lord would say unto thee, this is the move of God that will fill up the House. This is the move of God, that will bring people from every direction, to come and drink from the River of God. For I have ordained and I have established, and no man can stop My going, and no man can stop My coming, for I am God and I will soon show you that I am God. When I begin to bring in those cases that you have said are impossible.

Oh, have I not told you that nothing is impossible with Me, saith the Lord. Get ready, get ready, get ready, get ready! Get ready, get ready, get ready, get ready! Get ready, get ready get ready, for I will pour you out a blessing that you don’t have room enough to contain, and you’ll have to build a bigger place, a bigger place, saith the Lord. For you will not be able to contain My Glory in this house.

For I say unto thee, the Glory of this house will fade, and I will give unto thee another house, and I will fill it with My Glory. I will kiss it with My Presence. I will ordain it with My deliverance.

For I am God and this is the chosen hour. Hear Me, saith the Lord. This is the chosen hour. Yea, I say unto thee, young men, do not faint, for I will strengthen thee, and cause thee to go forth like lions in the wilderness. Young maidens, do not faint, saith the Lord, for I will cause you to draw with buckets from the wells of salvation. And you will find strength when the way gets hard, when the devil oppresses your mind, when your enemy tries to stop you.

Little maiden, I say unto thee, I will cause you to take bigger buckets to the well of salvation, and I will cause you to draw more and more and more. For this is the Rest wherewith the weary shall find Rest, for with stammering lips and another tongue will I speak to My people, for I will close out this dispensation, and cause you to walk where only the Bride can walk.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, prepare thyself, throw open thy doors! Throw open the windows and the sashes! Open up the shutters! Get ready to receive, for I will fill you up and run you over, saith the Lord. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah.

The Shaking Has Started

March 29, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Flo Hendrix & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

Yea, yea, yea, yea, the shaking has started, saith the Lord. Knowest thou not that I am breaking fetters? Knowest thou not that I am loosing, saith God. The shaking has started. Prepare thyself to receive the shaking of My Spirit.

For I the Lord, thy God, would say unto thee, I have heard prayers, I have seen faith as it has been released into the heavenlies. And I am getting ready to shake, shake, shake by My Spirit. I will set captives free. I will open the eyes of the blind, both spiritually and physically. I will cause the lame to walk again, and I will call My Bride to My Word, saith the Lord.

Pray and release more faith, and believe with everything that you have, for I say unto thee, I am getting ready to fill this place up and run it over with hungry souls, for Revival is starting in the midst of thee. I will deliver, I will set free.

And I, the Lord thy God, will go to the hard cases, I will deliver the hard cases. That which man sees as hard, I will deliver that one. I will deliver the one that people have given up on. But I’ve not given up. I know those that are Mine. And though they may be bound, and though they may be full of sin, and thou the world may hang on them, I know them that are Mine. I know them that belong to Me, saith the Lord, and I will shake them loose, and I will pluck them from where they are. And I will set them as solitaries in My Presence, and deliver them for My Glory.

Rejoice, saith the Lord, and celebrate the shaking, for I will do the exceedingly abundant among thee. Thus saith the Lord. Hallelujah.

Rainbow Arched Across Building

March 29, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Vision given through Brother Shelley

In the Spirit, I see a rainbow this morning, that arches across this place. Hallelujah. And I see the seven, seven spectrum of color. More colors than there are in the primary colors. But I see seven shades of color in this rainbow. Hallelujah. And I see the rays of the sun that are on the other side of the rainbow. And I look down across your faces in the Spirit, and I can see the reflection in the prism of the rainbow in your face.

(How many of you know what I’m talking about?) I’ve got a little piece of crystal, it’s not real crystal, it’s just cut like a crystal. It’s really made of glass. And it hangs in my automobile out there.

And I’ve got another one, a little eagle. It’s got a little eagle. I’ve got another one that hangs on my bay window in my den, and it’s an eagle with a piece of glass in his mouth. A little crystal cut, a piece of glass. Sometimes the sun will shine into that little piece of glass and it will cause the spectrum of rainbow colors to go all through the den. How many of you felt it?

Sometimes we’d be riding down the road. I’ll look over at my wife and those colors will be across her face as the sun is reflecting through that little glass.

And in the Spirit, with eyes of the Spirit this morning, I can still see that rainbow and the sun on the other side. And I can see those seven beautiful colors. They’re shades and colors that go across your face this morning. I believe that God is talking about the reflection of His Person and His Glory.

Glory be to God. How many of you know, rainbow means “promise.” Didn’t God put a rainbow in the sky? Oh hallelujah.

I heard somebody say not too long ago, that every time it rains there is a rainbow. And it’s not just, you know, when the sun is shining and the rain is falling that the rainbow is there. There is always a rainbow. Every time it rains like that, there is always a rainbow. Sometimes you can see it, and sometimes you can’t see it, but it’s always there.

How many of you want to be in that rainbow of God’s reflection? Hallelujah. He’s shaping us and cutting us down like diamonds, so that He can set us, blessed be the Name of the Lord, and pour Himself out through us.

Oh hallelujah. Lift up your hand right now. Oh hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. I know there are people around the world, especially people who say they believe a Message. They’ve given up on deliverance, and they’ve given up on Revival. They’ve given up on all of that. But I want you to know, I’ve not given up. I’ve not given up. I believe God is going to have a people in the last days. Oh yes. I believe a lot of people are going to drink of this River, but the River’s not for them.

Yield Yourself

April 7, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

For the Lord would say unto thee this night, do not be afraid of My Spirit, for I have come to loose you from your hold. Yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, I have come to separate thee from your shell. For I say unto thee, the enemy has used a shell, and for some a cage, for some iron bars, and for some spiritual bars, to hold you and to bind you, saith the Lord.

But I have come in the midst of thee this night to set you free, and it is My desire to saturate you with My anointing. For there is power in the anointing of the Lord. I will touch you and I will strengthen you, and I will cause your bones to rejoice in My Glory. I will cause your lips to sing forth My praise. I will cause your feet to dance before Me, saith the Lord. I will cause your tongue to prophesy the Goodness of God, for I have come and chosen thee, saith the Lord, to work My works through thee.

Do not be afraid, neither be dismayed, but yield yourself to Me. For I say unto thee, better things are in store for thee, as you gather in My Name night after night, I will do the exceedingly abundant above that which you could even ask or think.

I will set captives free, saith the Lord. I will cause men and women to be rooted and grounded in My Word. And I will cause them to go forth, saith the Lord, as evangelists and missionaries, to bring in the harvest of God. And I will use this place, saith the Lord, to train people in the things of the Spirit. And no man will be able to talk them out of what I do for them in this place. I will send them to the prisons, I will send them to the nursing homes, I will send them to the nations of the world.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I’ll raise up the seventy that I promised, saith God. I’ll pick them out of the gutter, if I would. I’ll pick them off the streets, if that’s My will. But I will do that which I have spoken, and I will bring the final harvest for the elect of God. And all the nations of the world will hear of My Power and be delivered.

For I say unto thee, the move of God is on. Yield yourself and do not fight against the Light that I have sent to guide the way, but yield yourself to My Light, yield yourself to My Revelation. Yield yourself to My Spirit and you will find freedom to flow, saith the Lord, in the Living Waters of the Most High God.

Prepare your spirit and get ready to receive, for even in the next few nights I will pour out more of My anointing than you have room enough to contain. And some of you will find yourself not knowing how to contain it, not knowing how to hold it in. And some of you will find yourself doing things that you thought you would never do, moving in a way that you thought you would never move.

For those who will be obedient and who will seek Me in prayer, I will bring to pass this Word in the next few nights among you, saith the Lord. And if you come with an open heart and an open mind to receive, you will never be the same after these meetings. For I have chosen it to call you together and to empower you with My Spirit. Thus saith the Lord.

Jewish People Back to the Homeland

April 9, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

As I was coming out of my office today, the Spirit of the Lord spoke to me. I turned to look at the clock. I looked and I saw, instead of seeing the face of the clock, I saw the map of the nation of Israel. I saw the hands of the clock through the map, and I saw that it was just few minutes to midnight. And I know that God is about to visit Israel, the great time piece. It’s time.

And I prophesy in the Name of the Lord that they’re getting ready to see the largest exodus of Jewish people back to Israel in the next year and a half, than there’s ever been. [Unclear audio] Oh yea.

I don’t know if you have, but I just have sense enough. God laid it on my heart many years ago to give to Jewish Organizations that helped people out of poor stricken countries, back to Israel. I believe it’s just got to take place.

We heard a Gentile prophet say, that in order for a Jew to be sealed, he would have to be in his homeland. Israel is where it’s at. You want to know where God is getting ready to move, it in the Nation of Israel. [Unclear audio]

Hear My Word

April 11, 1998 (Saturday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Flo Hendrix

Hear me with a good ear. I appreciate you. I appreciate a people that I can come to, and they’ll be patient and they’ll wait upon Me. For I have good things, I have good things for those that are patient. And I know that some of you look at your lives and you look at yourself and you think, “I cannot stand.” But did not My Word say do all that you could do to stand? And I, who am I? But I am almighty God, and I can make you to stand. My ways are not your ways.

Hear the Word children. It’s in the Book. You read it, but you don’t take it in your hearts. Read the Word. Remember My ways are not your ways; My ways are higher. My ways are not carnal. I’m deity. I can do all things. I can. Who am I? I am almighty God. All Power is Mine. Don’t you think that I love you and I see your need?

Now hear the Word; hear My Word. If a carnal man will give his children good gifts, good gifts, good things, mighty things, things that he needs, won’t I not do more, more for you? You know these words.

My handmaiden is walking around being obedient to remind you of My Word, that’s all, that’s all. Take my words into your hearts and believe them. That grieves Me. That grieves Me when I have put the words there for you to read. And you don’t believe it, because if you did you wouldn’t have the fear that you have. And is it not I that save a man, forgive him and give him life?

It’s My River, and I bid you to come. I bid you to come. I told you there was healing in there, that there was peace in there, that there was joy in there, that there was help. And everything that you need is in the River. Step in there children. Step in there. It grieves My heart to stand there and say, “Come children, come, come.”

Believe My Word and you will have no fear. I’m God. I have created all things. I created you. And I’m here to fulfill every need.

Pay attention to my servant. Hear His word. How he fasts and prays and struggles to get you to hear the Word, and give you the nuggets and the secrets. Hear it. Hear my servant.

Oh, children, I love you. Did not I tell you that the other night, that I love you? Believe My Word. I’m God. I can provide all your… [Unclear audio]

Mysterious Death in Washington, Due to Corruption

April 19, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

This is strange. Before the end of the year, there will be another mysterious death in Washington. And this one will be someone close to the President. Either something like an aid or an advisor, or something very close to him. A mysterious death. And this death will play a part to cover up what’s going on.

The Holy Ghost just spoke to me and said, “There is corruption in the office of the investigator.” Someone is holding on. They say, they have often said how aggressive he is, and how he really wants to destroy the President. But the Spirit of the Lord is revealing to me now that there is corruption in that office, and that someone’s power and money and influence is holding that thing, hoping that they can buy time for the President to finish his term.

Assassination Involving the Peace Accords in Middle East

April 19, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

As an act of retaliation, one of the world leaders in the Peace Accords, concerning the Arab nations and Israel, or either a European leader who has been strongly involved in the Peace Accords for the Middle East, but I think more from that, actually that part of the world instead of someone, an outsider. But I see, as an act of retaliation, an assassination.

Judgment Falling on Arkansas

April 19, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

He also spoke to me and said, “Arkansas is not finished with tornadoes this year. And there are going to be some storms to come back to Arkansas and lives are going to be lost.”

In fact, God gave me a word in 1996, that judgment was going to fall on Arkansas, and it’s been falling ever since that prophecy. And it’s going to continue to fall, and every season is going to bring a change. Every time the seasons change, the judgments are going to change. But Arkansas is going to…

And listen, the spirit that’s loosed in that place. Two human interest tragedies have taken place there, including the two little boys. And even things like this are signs of judgment, when God withdraws His Spirit of protection.

Judgment Coming to Counties in North Georgia

April 19, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Pray this morning for Cherokee County, Gilmer, and Fannin County, and Forsythe County, that God’s mercy will be extended to people. Will you play softly, just a moment, as I get something out of the way here, that I need to mention? If you want to take a pen and write this down.

As I was on the bed last night, the Lord spoke to me a few things and I think you want to make note of. He gave me the name of Cherokee County. That’s in North Georgia. Does anybody know where that is? Is that the County where you live? I didn’t realize that.

There is a town in Cherokee County called Ball Ground. How many of you know where Ball Ground is? I saw tornadoes coming to Cherokee County last night in the Spirit. And I knew it was Cherokee County because the Voice of the Lord said, “Cherokee County.” I had no idea that Cherokee County went all the way down into where you were. But I knew the Town of Ball Ground. I am familiar with that, and some of you are. It’s a part of Brother Billy Andrews’ testimony. That’s where he was.

There is a highway that connects Ball Ground all the way up into the North Georgia Mountains, and on the border there where there is a place called Macaysville. Now the Lord didn’t give me a Word for Macaysville, but I see a connection between the two, all the way coming down.

And the other County, I don’t even know how to say this, because I saw it written down on a newspaper. Gilmer. Is that how you say it? G-i-l-m-e-r. And Fannin (F-a-n-n-i-n) County. I saw those two Counties written down. Gilmer and Fannin County. They connect and they’re on the northern part of the State of Georgia.

I saw a newspaper spread open, and somebody said, “Oh no, it has hit Blueridge, Georgia.” And Blueridge, GA. is in one of those Counties. I can’t remember if it’s Gilmer or Fannin. Does anybody know?

But I saw the newspaper where it said, “Gilmer and Fannin County” and then I heard a voice say, “Oh no, it has hit Blueridge, GA.” And then the Spirit of the Lord spoke to me and said, “I’m going to bring judgment to Forsythe County.” And Forsythe County is the County where Cumming is. And God spoke to me about a little place called “Sugar Hill.” Do you all know where that is? Write it down. God’s going to visit that place.

Lay Hold on the Promises

April 19, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Anne Tremain & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

I am the Lord, thy God, and I am a God who faileth not. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, do you not believe that My Word can work for you? Have I called you to this place to hear My Word and then say to you, “It cannot work for you?”

“No,” saith the Lord. “But I say unto thee, My people will believe that My Word can work in their life as individuals. For that which I have promised, that will I perform,” saith the Lord.

“Yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, Lay hold on the Promises of God and claim them for your own life. For I am God that cannot lie, and I have promised thee My blessings and My benefits,” saith the Lord.

“Yea, I the Lord, thy God would say unto thee, stand fast in the liberty wherewith you have been set free, and do not be entangled again with yokes of bondage. But walk in freedom,” saith the Lord, “and worship Me in freedom. With liberty break forth in song. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, cause thy feet to dance before Me,” saith the Lord, “and cause thy hands and arms to be lifted up before Me.”

Yea, and I’ll cause your lips to speak the good things that I have done, and the good things that I have promised. Walk full of faith and confess one to another your belief and your faith, that I am a God who will perform even that which seemeth impossible to man. Rejoice in Me, and again I say, “Rejoice,” saith the Lord.

Children in Training

April 19, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Joyce Greeley & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

It is the Father’s delight to reveal unto thee the Kingdom, saith the Lord. Yea, the Lord thy God would say unto thee, you are children in training. And yea, I will change you into My Image and into My Glory and call you sons.

And the Lord would say unto thee, we are practicing by My Spirit. My Spirit is falling upon thee, and as you begin to yield to Me, you are in training and preparation to take all that belongs to you, saith the Lord.

I am revealing unto thee in this hour your authority, and when authority has been revealed, I will reveal unto you the courage to take that authority. I am here and I would reveal the things of the Kingdom, if you would wait upon My Spirit and worship Me, saith the Lord.

Commercial Jetliner Crash

April 19, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given to Brother Shelley

As I was sitting here on chair and writing some of these things down and looking at the map, because I’m not familiar with local geography. And really, I realize as God deals with me, I’m not familiar with world geography either, you know, like I should be.

But I saw, in the next few weeks, a crash of a plane. And I could only see that it was a bigger plane, that it was a passenger plane. Not a military plane. They crash every week. But it was a commercial jet liner. And I saw it crash. It didn’t land, crash-land, it crashed. And so I’m sure there is going to be death.

Mercy on Nashville Because of Prayer

April 19, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Vision given through Brother Shelley

I had seen in the Spirit a few weeks ago a tornado coming through a downtown area, and I believe in my heart that God was getting me ready to pray. And I did pray. And I believe, (It’s just between me and you.) It’s nothing for you to tell or be, you know. It doesn’t have to mean anything to you, which has already happened.

But I did pray, because I could see glass flying out of big building, big buildings. And I knew that it was not like a real town of skyscrapers, but I knew it was a downtown area. And I prayed. Two or three times the Lord brought it to my mind to pray, and I believe that that was the tornados that hit downtown Nashville this week, and I believe it was prayer that saved lives.

Can you imagine tornados doing this kind of damage without the loss of but a few lives there? I tell you, that was a wonderful miracle from God. Wasn’t it? And did they tell me it came at getting-off-time? When did it come? Does anybody know what time of day it hit Nashville? Wasn’t it business hours? I think it was business hours.

If anybody has been to downtown Nashville, you know it’s a jam-packed crowded place. People all over the streets. I know, because I rode all up and down those streets in a wheelchair one time, when my leg was crippled up again. And my mother and Sister Karen pushed me all up and down them hills and valleys of downtown Nashville in that wheelchair. I wished you could have seen them. We laughed more than we did anything else. They’d grunt and push me up the hill, and it came time to come down the hills and they’d want to jump on and ride.

And I thought of that when I saw where that had happened. So pray this morning. Cherokee County, Gilmer and Fannin County and Forsythe County, that God’s mercy will be extended to people.

There were some more tornados last night, that hit North Alabama. I’m not sure exactly where it was. I know a church was destroyed. Does anybody know? Anniston. A church was destroyed. And several other places.

This is certainly the year of tornados, and it is not El Nino, it’s the Word of the Lord. Because we’ve had El Ninos before, and we’ve never had this kind of a year of tornados. There has been over, I think somebody told me, way over a hundred, close to two hundred tornadoes reported this year already in America.

Typhoon or Hurricane Coming to Asia

April 19, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

And I see in the Spirit, even now as I’m talking to you, I see in the Spirit another kind of terrible storm. It is not a tornado, it is a, it is some kind of storm on water. Which would either be a typhoon or a hurricane. And I see it coming, not to this part, but to Asia.

It will be the first storm of the season for that part of the world, as the waters warm up, which would put it toward the summer. It’ll be the first storm of the season, and for that area, for Asia somewhere, I see some palm tree looking things, waving in a breeze, and I see buildings coming out into the water, crumbling out into the ocean. It must be a typhoon of something like that.

Prophecy Concerning a Plane Crash That Was Fulfilled Following Day

April 26, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Last Sunday, the Lord gave me a prophecy concerning a plane crash, and I knew it was very expedient, I knew it was very soon. And Monday, as we prayed on Sunday for those who would be in that plane crash, on Monday it happened in the mountains of South America.

I know people don’t believe in these things. That’s your business. That’s your business. We believe in them. We’ve been following these visions and these gifts for a long time. We have volumes full, and we watch them and we mark them off, cause that’s what God told us to do. “When I speak to you something, you write it down, and when I bring it to pass…”

Statue Shaking in the City of Rio

April 26, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

I don’t know if I am seeing the same thing or another thing. I couldn’t tell you. You just mark it down, and we’ll see. But I just saw another picture. And in this other picture, I saw that huge statue of Christ. Isn’t that Christ that stands down in that valley? Is that Rio de Janeiro? Where is that? In the city of Rio, overlooking the city of Rio, there stands this huge… Is that Christ? Is that supposed to be Christ?

It’s white. And I just saw that thing rocking back and forth, not crumbling, but I saw it rocking back and forth like this. And I see the earthquake taking place close enough, that if you were standing at the foot of that thing, you’d be able to see the area.

So I believe, God… It’s either the same one. It could be the very same earthquake or it could be another one, but mark that down and we’ll just watch God bring it to pass.

Why does God show things? So we can pray for people who are in that area. God showed us that… God showed us here at the church that earthquake that hit, where was it Pakis… Afghanistan? Where was it? Afghanistan.

Just a few months ago God showed it here, showed the poverty of the people, and how they were going to need God. And you know it took weeks for them to get into that area and dig those people out of that rubble.

Somebody said, “Well what good did it do for God to show you? The earthquake happened anyway. “We prayed. And I’m convinced lives were spared, and I’m convinced that there may be souls in eternity that found the Lord because of your prayers. They may walk over to you in eternity and say, “You prayed for me. I lost my life, but my soul was right, because you prayed.”

Earthquake in South America

April 26, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

It’s so good to be sensitive, and mindful of the Holy Spirit. I want you to pray right now for some people who you don’t know who are about to experience a tragedy in their land. As I was sitting over here, just a moment ago, I saw an earthquake in South America, and God let me know that it was South America. And I saw the clothes of the people and the surrounding area.

And I looked up over, down, standing in a valley, and I looked up over this way and saw the mountains. And I know that I was looking down toward the mountains. Somewhere down, I don’t want to guess, because that wouldn’t be right, but somewhere down in, I would say somewhere around maybe Brazil or Argentina. You’ve seen those mountains, you know.

Household Salvation for a Loved-One

April 26, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I’ve got one more little piece of something to share as we close. I know it’s late. It’s all right. God’s ministered to people’s lives. I’m tired like you’re tired. I’m ready to go home, like you’re ready to go home. But there’s somebody here who has a loved one, and I can’t figure out anything about it.

All I can see is an old building that reminds me of an old shed or an old garage, and I have seen two things. I have seen several old hubcaps nailed to the wall. And I have seen two old car tags nailed to the wall. And that is at the home, or the place where someone’s loved one is residing. And I’m going to pray that God will make that familiar to you, if it’s not now, if there’s not anybody that catches that for themselves.

One day you’re going to be visiting, you’re going to look up and see that, and it’s going to be a reminder to you that God’s going to save that entire household.

That’s strange, but as I was standing here, I could see the board planks, some old hubcaps and some old, I guess, car tags nailed to the wall. And something on the inside in rows on the wall, but I can’t make out what it is. Maybe, jars, or maybe some kind of container with nails or something like that. But it’s neatly… There’s a row of neatly-organized little things, something, whatever it is. And I feel like saying that you will come across that, and when you… The minute you see it, I want you to throw up your hand and say, “I claim that household salvation for every per…” It’s not in Georgia.

Does anybody know? Does anybody have any idea what that is? It doesn’t matter. Do you, sister? (Sister Tebo says she thinks it’s Jerry.)

In his place down? What did she say? That’s a good place for him. Listen, I can’t hear. I’m sorry. What’s that brother? Nailed up on the wall? Are there hubcaps nailed on the wall? Brother Tebo says he’s been there and seen these things at the old shop where Brother… Say it again. By his house? Oh. Ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha. I was working my way west. I said it wasn’t Georgia.

Let’s claim it and maybe there’s… I like what somebody did. They came up and said, “I know that you’ve already prayed for somebody, but I have a relative named Bill. I want… I like that. And so if you think you know of a situation like this, well you claim it as well.

But let’s claim right now for Jerry’s deliverance. Is he, is he in Mississippi now? He’s here. You know it just does them a lot of good to move off and not come to church. I’ve wondered that about Debbie, myself. She’s got to get a real want-to herself, doesn’t she? She really does. I love her, she’s precious, but she’s got to lead. She’s going to have to lead.

Oh, she needs a preacher whippin. Sister Tebo can’t whip her hard enough, but I know a preacher that could, if he could get ahold of her just right.

In the Name of Jesus, I claim salvation for that entire household, in the Name of Jesus. Lord, that’s somebody’s loved one, and if that is Sister Tebo’s loved one, then it is my loved ones, too, and I claim their deliverance right now. Wew.

Earthquakes

April 26,1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given by Brother Shelley

I don’t know if I am seeing the same thing or another thing. I couldn’t tell you. You just mark it down, and we’ll see.

But I just saw another picture. And in this other picture, I saw that huge statue of Christ. Isn’t that Christ that stands down in that valley? Is that Rio de Janeiro? Where is that? In the city of Rio, overlooking the city of Rio, there stands this huge … Is that Christ? Is that supposed to be Christ? It’s white. And I just saw that thing rocking back and forth, not crumbling, but I saw it rocking back and forth like this. And I see the earthquake taking place close enough, that if you were standing at the foot of that thing, you’d be able to see the area.

So I believe, God… It’s either the same one. It could be the very same earthquake or it could be another one, but mark that down and we’ll just watch God bring it to pass.

Why does God show things? So we can pray for people who are in that area. God showed us that… God showed us here at the church that earthquake that hit, where was it Pakis…Afghanistan? Where was it? Afghanistan. Just a few months ago God showed it here, showed the poverty of the people, and how they were going to need God. And you know it took weeks for them to get into that area and dig those people out of that rubble.

Somebody said, “Well what good did it do for God to show you? The earthquake happened anyway.”

We prayed. And I’m convinced lives were spared, and I’m convinced that there may be souls in eternity that found the Lord because of your prayers. They may walk over to you in eternity and say, “You prayed for me. I lost my life, but my soul was right, because you prayed.”

My Name, My Word, My Blood

May 3, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Helen Burgess & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

Yea, for the Lord would say unto thee this night, My children, your battle is not a battle of flesh and blood. No, but I say unto thee, it is a battle of principalities, powers and spiritual wickedness in high places.

Yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, the battle is not won with carnal weapons, because the weapons and the warfare are not carnal. But I say unto thee, the battle is won with the armor of the Spirit that I have given to you, saith the Lord. Knowest thou not that I have given unto thee the most Three Powerful Forces in the entire universe?

I have given you My Word. I have given you My Blood. I have given you My Name. And by My Name, by My Word, and by My Blood, saith the Lord, every enemy that would rise against thee is conquered. I have dressed thee in the armor of God. I have prepared thee for the hour of battle, saith the Lord. Rest in Me and do not be afraid.

And yea, in the hour that you have need, remember My Word. Remember My Blood. Remember My Name, saith the Lord. For in them there is Power. In them there is Victory for the battle. And in them there is Refuge, saith the Lord.

When it seems that there is no answer for what you’re going through, remember those three things. I give them unto thee, and with them the Authority and the Power that comes, said the Lord. Rest in that and use My Word, and use My Blood, and use My Name, for in it you will find victory over your adversary, saith the Lord. Hallelujah.

Standing on the Brink

May 3, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

I hear the Spirit of the Lord saying, “We’re standing this morning at the brink. You’re standing this morning at the brink. I will send My Pillar of Fire to come and open the Way, to part the Water for you to step through,” saith the Lord. “You’re standing this morning on the brink of that which I desire to do.

Not another false start, saith the Lord, but I desire to take you deep, with travail, into the place of deliverance. I will part the Way. I will hold your hand, as you, as a people, as a Church, as My Body, as you step in, I will clear the path for you to walk. For I am God.”

Look Up, My Son

May 10, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Personal Word directed to Brother Shelley, Prophecy given through Sister Helen Burgess

I say unto thee, My son, I am sending you and I will help thee. I say to fear not, because I am with thee and I will help you to bring the lambs out of bondage. And I will stand by thee and I will hold you up and I will go before you and I will bless thee and I will help thee in the time of need.

I say to look to Me and I will bless thee and I will make a way when there seemeth no way. I say, look up, My son. And I say, “Worry not and I will supply thy every need.” Just look up. Look up, My son. Look up. Look up.

Reaching the Lost Lambs

May 10, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Personal Word directed to Brother Shelley, Prophecy given through Sister Joyce Greeley

Behold, I anoint you this night to go after My little lost lambs, and I will make your ears sensitive to the sound of the bleating that you may know from whence it comes, that you may know where to go to minister and to reach My lost lambs.

By My Strength

May 10, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Personal Word directed to Brother Shelley, Prophecy given through Sister Omilian

For as the Angel of the Lord has gone before My servants in times past, I will go before you. I will be all around you, saith the Lord. I will be the strength. I will be your strength. Not by your own strength, but just My strength, saith the Lord.

I Will Make the Way

May 10, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Personal Word directed to Brother Shelley, Prophecy given through Sister Anne Tremain

And as I opened the Red Sea for Moses, I will open anything that stands in My way. Fear not. Fear not. I am the Way, the Truth and the Life, and I will make the way.

Rest

May 10, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Personal Word directed to Brother Shelley & Congregation, Prophecy given through Sister Flo Hendrix

That was the seventh message, if you’ll notice. And seven means rest, now rest. Oh, I say rest. Lay in My arms and rest, My servant. Let Me pull the load and you rest.

You be My mouth and I shall speak. I say unto you, My servant, be at peace and rest. Remember these words, My son, rest. And all that you need shall be added unto you. Little Bride, while your shepherd is gone, rest.

Take My Yoke

May 10, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Take My harness upon you, saith the Lord. Take My yoke. For I have said unto thee in My Word, that My burden is easy, it’s light. And yea, My yoke upon your shoulders, saith the Lord, though the pulling is hard, and though the strain sometimes becomes more than you can feel like you can stand, don’t you remember that I have padded My yoke and I have padded My burden with the Glory of My Presence?

Yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, I desire to cause thee to stand in the flow of the Glory of My Spirit, saith the Lord. And yea, I say unto to thee, even in another realm there is a River flowing in the midst of thee this night, and yea I say unto thee, in the River is that which is of God and it is that which is prophetic. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, all who wade in, will touch Me and My Presence and they will see My giftings and My callings.

For I have wooed unto thee this night, and I have called unto thee for you to be willing to be bendable and to flow. For the Lord thy God would say unto thee, to all who will wear the harness of the Lord, I will direct them and I will give them fruit for their labor.

But I, the Lord, would say unto thee, the man or the woman who refuses to wear My yoke, and who refuses to carry My burden or to wear My harness, he will surely be destroyed by His own deeds, saith the Lord. But to all who will wear it, and to all who will allow Me to do the calling and the sending, I will call, and I will send, and I will give thee harvest and fruit for thy labor.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, surrender all that you are and all that you have. Surrender it to Me this night and I will direct thee, and lead thee in the Way which thou shouldest go forth, saith the Lord.

I Will Use You

May 10, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

What sayest thou that the Master cannot do? What is it? I say unto you, I can do all things. Believest thou Me that I can raise the dead? I can mend up the lame? I can heal the sick?

Behold, I am the same. I am God. I change not. Do not doubt Me. Believe Me. I will go before you. I will make the paths straight. I will open closed doors. Believe thou Me, My children? I am a miracle-working God. Believe Me, My children. I love you. I want to use you. Yield yourself to Me.

Knowest thou not, I have placed thee here for a purpose. This is a hospital for the sick. Children, prepare yourselves. Yield yourselves to Me children. Be obedient to Me, children. I will use you. I will use you. Understandest thou?

I will use you. I have placed before thee an open door, a door that no man can shut. When I open the door, no man can shut the door. It is I who closes the door. Be not afraid. As I have told you, be not afraid. I, the Lord, am thy right hand. I will stand with you. I say to you, I will stand with you. Why do you have to fear? I go before you. I walk behind you. I am with you. Do not be afraid.

Ye are Mine. No man can take thee out of the palm of My hand. I hold you in the palm of my hand. I behold you, children. Do you not understand that the eyes of the Lord look down upon you? Do you understand, children?

I love you, my children. I love you. I love you with a love that goes beyond everything. That is My love. That love goes far beyond man, far beyond comprehension of man. I love you, My children. I love you, My little lambs, My chosen, My precious little Bride, My Beloved. I love you. Listen to Me. I love you.

The Fields Are Ripened for Harvest

May 10, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Behold, the harvest, the fields are whitened, they’re ripened. Oh pray ye, that therefore laborers go to the harvest. Many are crying. Behold, I hear their bleating. I hear them. I will rescue them.

Be not afraid. It is I who have called them. Be not afraid. I will go before you, only be ye yielded to Me and be obedient. I say unto you, be obedient. Seek my face. Pray. Ask Me what you can do.

Midwives in the Spirit

May 10, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given through Brother Shelley

And I’ve been sitting there… I saw a vision as I was sitting there early in the service. I don’t even remember was happening. Maybe somebody was singing. I don’t remember what was happening. It came so quick and left so quick.

But I saw two women standing with their backs toward me. And they were scrouching over, behind over at their waist, bending over like this with their arms… I could see around their shoulders and see their arms were scrouched out like that. And I heard a voice say, “They’re midwives in the Spirit.”

And when I looked, I saw that there was a weak little mother, a weak, tender, little, frail woman laying there, who in no way looked like she would have strength. Her color was yellow like gall. And her hair was all messed up. And she looked so skinny and so frail. Her cheeks were hollow. And I remember thinking for just a moment, “She’ll surely not have strength.” And God said, “I’m going to raise up spiritual midwives, midwives in the Spirit, who will help give birth and bring people to birth, the new birth of the Spirit.”

And He spoke to me. And I’ve been really, really disturbed this week, and really grieving over loss of different little things. And one thing that’s been grieving me so hard was to have to go away at a time like this when the church needs me, I reckon. And I feel like my wife needs me. And I’ve really had a battle with it. But as I was sitting there and this vision began to fade from my eyes, I could hear the Spirit of the Lord say, “I’m sending you for lambs that are caught in the wilderness.”

Roots Going Deeper

May 12, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

The Word of the Lord said, “Somebody’s roots are going down deeper right now, in the spirit.” Maybe not just one, there may be others. But I feel like people, somebody’s letting their roots get deeper. When your roots get deeper, your whole system gets stronger, and no matter how hard the wind blows, it won’t be able to pull you up because your roots are deeper than your trunk.

Gathering in the Sheep

May 31, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Helen Burgess & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

The Lord would say unto thee, do not limit yourself by numbers, saith the Lord. For have I not spoken unto thee and said, “I will restore?” Have I not spoken unto thee and said, “I will gather?” And have I not said that I would fill this place to capacity with hungry hearts?

The Lord would say unto thee, Rejoice. For yea, the move of God that will fill up this place is beginning in thee, saith the Lord. Look around and see those that I have drawn by My Spirit. (Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah.)

The Lord would say unto thee, rejoice and see that it is beginning even in your midst, and I will draw people to this place, saith the Lord. From the nations of the world they will come to see My Glory that is being poured out, and to hear the restored Word that has been given to this generation.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, expand your vision and be ready to receive those that I will bring in. For I say unto thee that the “Third Call” is going forth, and it is going forth to the maimed and the halt and the blind. It is going forth to the stranger, saith the Lord, to the alien, to the common, to those that have never walked in Truth.

I am sending deliverance, saith the Lord, to change lives, and I will give them that which they need. I will give it to them even supernaturally, saith the Lord. I will cause them to grow by leaps and bounds. The ones that I bring in will grow swifter, saith the Lord, than some who have heard the Word and sat down, not receiving it mixed with faith. They will grow quicker; they will grow faster. I will raise them up with gifts, saith the Lord. I will raise them up with victory.

And the Lord would say unto thee, to some of the strangers that I bring in and save and deliver and fill with My Spirit, I will even use them. And they will push some of you that have heard the Word for years and not moved on to accept and to manifest. I will use some of those new ones to push you along, and to encourage you along. And instead of it always being you that ministers to them, I will raise them up and fill them with My Glory.

And the strangers that come will minister to you. I will cause you to be brethren. I will melt you together by My love, saith the Lord, and you will know that other sheep I have that are not of this fold. They too will come. For I will gather them by My Spirit, saith the Lord. And I will use this place as a launching pad, for My Word and My Glory and My Power to go forth to the uttermost parts of the world, saith the Lord. I will call in the denominational-minded man, I will deliver the Catholic, saith the Lord. And I will deliver those in the gutters of sin.

For this is the Day of Salvation. The final harvest has begun, and I will do that which I have spoken. Receive this Word into your spirit today, and I will water it by My anointing, and cause it to bring forth increase. For this is the day to move on, saith the Lord.

Climbing Again

May 31, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

The Lord said for me to tell you, “Some of you are climbing again. You’re not just standing still. You’re not just standing still. You’re not just resting in a Pavilion on Mount Zion. But some of you are climbing again.” Hallelujah. “Gaining ground. Gaining ground. Gaining ground.”

There Is No More Offering for Sin

June 6, 1998 (Saturday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

When the people of God will, when the sanctified of God will become perfected, and when they become perfected, He said, “There is no more offering for sin.” When the Bride has entered into her perfection, there is no more offering for sin.

Do you know why? Because the Bride has been perfected, and there is no more need for a sacrifice. Do you hear what God is saying?

Don’t let something so simple confuse you. What we’re getting ready to enter in is an hour, where the sacrifice of sin has accomplished that which it came to do. It has saved the last sinner. It has called the last one in. It has brought perfection to the last part of God’s Bride. And now there is no more sacrifice for sin. We’re coming to that hour. That hour is ahead.

“Reach up a little higher. Push a little farther. The Bride will step in. Those who are sanctified by the Word of God, they will meet their Perfection. Just up the road, around the bend, around the corner, and over another hill, saith the Lord, My people will know that My Word is yea and amen.”

The God of Creation

June 7, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Look to Me, saith the Lord. Look to Me, saith the Lord, and live. For yea, I am the Lord your God, and I am Life. I am Healing and I am Strength, saith the Lord. Yea, I am the God who has never changed. And yea, I am able to do today what I have done yesterday.

Believe Me, saith the Lord, and I am able even to create new organs. Yea, I am the Lord. I am able to give new hearts, saith the Lord. I am able to give new kidneys, saith the Lord. I am able to give new bowels, saith God, new stomachs, new livers. For I am the God of Creation. Even as I have spoken, saith the Lord, and the worlds were created and formed, and even as I have spoken, saith the Lord, and the dust that was scooped up, did live.

Yea, I am the same God today. Prepare your heart to believe for the impossible. For I will do the exceeding and the abundant among you, saith God, if you’ll believe. I have opened up the Way, saith the Lord. And I have desired to make Myself plain unto thee.

Yea, it is My desire to reveal Myself unto thee in this hour. Release your faith and begin to praise Me, saith the Lord, for I Am a God who is able to create and even to re-create that which Satan has afflicted. Release your faith, every one of you, saith the Lord, and receive a touch from My hand, and believe, saith God. Can I not take twisted legs and cause them to walk again? Can I not, saith the Lord, create even a new heart? Can I not make new lungs, saith the Lord?

Yea, believe Me and give Me glory and praise and honor, and never doubt. For the Lord would say unto thee, you will see even the creative miracles in your midst, if you’ll continue to walk, beholding the Glory of the Lord.

Yea, the Lord will do that which I have spoken. Believe Me and give Me praise, and I will surely bring My Promise to pass, saith the Lord.

House of Deliverance

June 7, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Tremain & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

You know, the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, My children, I moved among thee in a fresh way. It was My desire to breathe breath, living breath, into your nostrils, saith the Lord. I even sent a season of refreshing to you.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, there were new ways to praise Me. There was a new freedom to flow in the Spirit. Yea, the enemy began to rise up to quench the flow of the River of God.

Yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee. It is not My desire to cause or to force men to flow in the anointing that I am sending in this hour. It’s My desire, by My Spirit, to compel them to come.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, because I have chosen this House as a House of Deliverance, even in the hour that you don’t feel revived, and even in the moment that you don’t feel the move of God even in your midst. Yea, even in that hour, I have turned the hearts of men and women around the world towards this place. Even when you don’t feel like worshiping, and even when you don’t feel like flowing in deliverance, I still, every day, continue to turn the hearts of men and women towards this House of Deliverance.

The reason why I do that, saith the Lord, is because I don’t look at things as they appear in this hour. But I see the things that are coming, saith the Lord.

Yea, I will not force this Revival upon thee, and I will not force the flow of My Spirit upon thee. The Lord would say unto thee in this hour, as it begins to flow again, it will take thee into deeper depths. It will cause you to walk in places in My Spirit you’ve never walked before.

This time, saith the Lord, instead of withdrawing, instead of pulling My Spirit back, to those who will oppose and to those who will not flow, saith the Lord, I will cut them off. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, to those who will be willing to flow in the move of My Spirit, who will worship Me in Spirit and in Truth, in the ways that I reveal, to those who will speak when I say, “Speak,” and stand when I say, “Stand,” and dance when the Spirit compels thee to dance, to those I will bring freedom, saith the Lord.

And in your dancing and in your shaking and in your moving around, I will even cause thee to shake off heavy bands of oppression, saith the Lord. And I will cause thee to shake off depression. I will even cause thee to shake off infirmities and afflictions, if you will come, be ready again to flow in the Spirit, then I, the Lord thy God, will do that which I have spoken. Do not resist, do not harden your heart, for if you will be open before Me, I will come to you, saith the Lord.

Healing of the Bride’s Revival

June 7, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see a vision. I see a vision in the Spirit, and I see a table spread. And I’d say, that table is probably fifteen or twenty feet long. And you may, (and this might make you feel a little gross) but I see on that table, laid out across that white table cloth, I see hearts and I see livers, and I see all kinds of organs on that table. It’s not bloody and it’s not gross. And I see on the other end of that table. (You may think this is gross, but it’s spiritual, and I’m seeing it with spiritual eyes and not with natural eyes.)

But on the other end of that table I see legs, and some of them come up to the knee, and some of them come up to the hip. And I see arms, and some of them are to the elbow, and some of them are all the way to the shoulder, and I see fingers. I see thumbs. I see the tips of… And it’s not bloody and it’s not gross. It looks just like you would walk into a place where they made these artificial limbs. But these aren’t artificial limbs.

Oh no. And I see people standing in line to receive them. And I hear a Voice saying, “According to your faith, come and take whatever it is you need.” And I see people standing in that line, their hands are all crippled up. It’s not that all of them don’t have any hands, but some of them have got crippled-up hands, and they’re standing in line to get a new hand. Some of them are missing legs, and they’re standing in line to get a new leg. (Hallelujah. Praise God. Hallelujah.)

And I see people in that line needing new stomachs, because ulcers have eaten out their stomachs. And I hear the Voice saying, “According to your faith, come and take what you need.” (Let’s lift our hand and believe that we’re coming into that hour. Oh, would you give God a praise tonight.)

Oh, I want to believe You, Lord. I want to believe You. Help my unbelief. Help my unbelief. I want to believe You, Lord, that we’re coming into that hour where You’ll even do the creative miracle among us.

And I hear a Voice saying, “I even have eyes for people who have no eyes.” Oh, I see a man standing in that line, and his nose is gone because cancer had eaten his nose, and only just a little portion of a nostril was left and it’s full of scar tissue where they’ve had to operate. And it looks so disfiguring and so gross. But I hear the Voice saying, “I’ve got a new nose.”

Somebody said, “Who’s going to be able to doubt when I give that man, who doesn’t have a nose, a nose? When I give that man an eye who doesn’t have an eye? When I give that man or woman an arm or a leg, who doesn’t have an arm or a leg, who will be able to doubt that I am God?”

And He said, “If it was a long work, if this was going to be a long period of time, it would cause a major, major, almost like calamity in the world because people would be pushing and fighting and even killing to get to men who could lay hands on them and speak the Word.

But God said, “This is not for the world. This is for My Bride.” And I like it. I’ve never thought of it that way, but God said, “I’ve got everything spread out that they need.” Hallelujah.

And it’s not gross. How many of you know when you need a liver, it’s not gross? When you need a heart, it’s not gross. It’s not something that makes you feel sick, when you need one from God. We just don’t think about it being laid out on a table like you go to the grocery store and choose your groceries.

But God said, “I’m just spreading it before you, and according to your faith.” I believe we must be getting close to that hour. Let’s give God a real praise. (I’ll try to be quiet.) Let’s give God a real praise.

I hear the Lord saying, “In the last Healing Revival, I raised people out of wheelchairs and made them walk again, but in the Bride’s Revival, I’m going to give them legs.” (I want you to hear that.)

Oh, we used to see Brother Branham pray. We used to see A.A. Allen pray. We used to see Jack Coe pray and tell people to get out of wheel chairs. But God said, “In the Bride’s Revival…”

You know, they always kind of felt sorry for the man that was sitting there with no legs. There wasn’t much the preacher could do for him. I’ve been there. I’ve had them come in my prayer line with no legs. Now what are you going to believe God for? To raise them up? Are you going to start praying, “Lord, let them walk,” when they don’t even have legs? How many of you know that would be a terrible place to be in?

But God said, “In that Revival, in that Healing Revival, He was pulling people out of wheelchairs.” But He said, “In the Bride’s Revival, He is going to put legs on the man where there are no legs.” “I believe You’ll do it, Lord.”

Judgment Over Houston, Texas

June 14, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

I’m closing my map here to move on to something else. But let me give you the City of Houston, Texas will come under judgment shortly. You’ll read about it. You’ll know that is judging that place. But there are little believers there. Do you know…? I know believers in Jasper, where that black man was murdered. I know believers there. God’s got believers everywhere. I know believers in Houston. So I pray tonight for the believers there.

Where is Sister Betty’s family? They’re not in Houston, are they? None of you have family in Houston, do you? You, brother? You’ve got family in Houston, Texas. Let’s pray right now.

Father, in the Name of Jesus Christ. Lord, You see that place. We don’t know why. We don’t know what’ll come, if it’ll be storms or floods. We don’t know what it’ll be, but God, You spoke it, and we’ll watch it come to pass.

And I pray protection for that young brother’s family, whoever they are. I pray for Brother Todd’s family and friends and loved ones, and whoever else he might have in that place, that You’ll watch over them and that You’ll saved them, bring them to Jesus. Let it be something that would shake them to the cross. (Tongues)

Revival Coming to Nassau, Bahamas

June 14, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

But I keep feeling like the Spirit of God is speaking to me about the area of Nassau and that a Revival is coming to Nassau, Bahamas. Someone is going to rise up in that place with the Message of Truth, the Revival. And my, what an influence they can have. Because, whether you realize it or not, there are people who live in the Bahamas. There are native people there as well as thousands and thousands of tourists.

I’ve never been. Sister Judith, you’ve been. Brother Heisey, you’ve been? Has anybody else been to Nassau? Several have. But I… Do you know of any believers there? Do any of you know any believers there?

I see that God desires… I never thought of Nassau, Bahamas. It had to be God. But it’s in that long stretch. I don’t want anything terrible to happen to Bahamas until we can know that the Message has gone there and we’ve taken some Revival there, if we just send it.

Calamity for Honduras

June 14, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

A long way from there, I hear the Spirit saying, “Pray for Honduras.” Lord, we pray right now for the nation of Honduras. Whatever it is, the calamity, the natural disaster. It’s a long way from where we’re talking about. Central America. In that little stretch that connects Mexico with South America, through there.

Oh God, Revival, please. Send Revival before destruction comes. (Tongues)

Do you think you could worship the Lord if you were seated? If you feel tired and you need to sit down, if you’ll keep worshiping the Lord. You can. You can sit if you’ll keep worshiping Him. But I’m going to obey the Holy Ghost, because we’re not playing games.

We’re praying for serious matters tonight. People’s souls. God’s got a people He can deal with that’ll pray and change the nations. God’s got people that can pray and change the nations. Oh yes. God’s got a little Bride in this earth, she can pray and change the heart of kings.

Death of Nicaraguan Dictator

June 14, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

Just a few days ago, the Spirit of the Lord spoke to me and said, “I told you a dictator was coming down.” He said, “I told you a dictator was coming down.” And I claimed that.

I said, “Yes, Lord. You did tell me a dictator was coming down.” Two days later I heard on the radio that the man who has been dictator over Nigeria. Took it by force, massacred, thousands and thousands of people were murdered as he took charge, and has been ruling over Nigeria, which is one of the most wicked placed in Africa. He died with a heart attack.

God did what He said He was going to do. He moved a dictator. And prayer and faith changes the nations. We’re that close to the End-time, that God’s got a little Bride that can move governments with her little prayers. (Tongues)

Hurricane Striking St. John’s

June 14, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

Somehow, I also hear the Spirit saying the name of a town, “St. Johns.” And I know that is in, there is St. John and a St. John’s. One in New Brunswick, one in Newfoundland. But this is in that stretch of islands there somewhere. And near Antigua. Antigua. (This is the poorest little one. I can’t see it.)

It’s near Antigua and Barbuda. No, it’s not Barbados. It’s a little place, Barbuda. B-A-R-B-U-D-A. And it’s near a little place called Plymouth. It’s north of Dominica. I’ve never seen it. It’s next to an island, a place called The Valley, off near St. Croix.

Let’s believe God right now for mercy for those places. We’ve never been there. I’ve never been there.

And I see that hurricane striking land. Lives lost. And I want God to reach them before it’s too late. Send the Holy Spirit, would You. Right now. Pray with me. (Oh, if you’d just get right with me, because God wants to do something. I didn’t plan this.)

Hurricane in Bahamas, Puerto Rico, Grenada, British Virgin Islands

June 14, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

We want to release our faith right now toward a row of islands that start at Cuba and goes all the way down, scattered down. It’s shaped like this. It sweeps down toward the continent of South America, off the coast of Venezuela. And in that group are the Bahama Islands, and what we have known as the West Indies and the British Virgin Islands. And then also places like San Juan, Puerto Rico. Even little Granada, (Or Grenada).

Because I see in the Spirit tonight that circular wind that comes every year, as we enter into that hurricane season. And I see that wind circulating in this kind of a motion. And if you’ve ever watched the weather channel, or CNN, or something, you’ve seen those weather radar pictures, how that cloud formation begins to look like this. And I see it.

I’ve tried, as I’ve been standing here a moment to concentrate on where it is, because that’s quite a span. And I can’t see exactly where it will hit land. But I see it hitting land. And I can see tall trees like palm trees, with just a little something at the top like palm trees. Tall trunks that are kind of bent already. And I see just, thousands just laying aside, just laying down.

And I see some fishing boats that are not able to get out of the water in time. Little fishing boats. More like native boats for that part of the West Indies and South America. And they have seen some… Was it last year or the year before last? There was some… The year before last, I believe there was some hurricane action there. But I see it very severe.

In 1992, I believe it was, America experienced the greatest natural disaster she had ever known, with Hurricane Andrew, that left 600,000 homes demolished. Unlivable. And wasn’t it over two billion dollars’ worth of damage? I know it was the greatest natural disaster America has ever known.

But I feel like praying. I know for a fact that God has some people. We have friends in Trinidad and Tobago. But I don’t know if I have any contacts in the Bahama Islands. I don’t know of any believer there that has had contact with this office.

Moving Time

June 21, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Look to Me! The Lord is saying, “Look to Me. Look to Me. Look to Me, and I will show you great and mighty things which you know not. Look to Me! Look to Me, saith the Lord, and the scales shall fall from your eyes. Look to Me and I will anoint your vision and I will anoint your heart, saith the Lord, to perceive.

Yea, for too long, My Spirit has moved among you, and you have allowed it to flow on somebody else. But the Lord would say unto thee, “Take courage. Quit waiting on Me to move you, and move yourself, saith the Lord. Quit waiting on Me to drag you to My Presence or drag you to obedience, and move,” said God.

This is the moving time. Knowest thou not that this is the hour of the breaking forth? Knowest thou not that this is the hour that water ushereth forth?

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, “Do not wait to be dragged. Do not wait to be pulled. Do not wait to be pushed. But move,” said the Lord. Move closer to Me. Move in obedience. Move in the flow. I will prophesy through your lips. I will sing spiritual songs with your voice. I will give vision to your eyes and dreams to you in the night. I will anoint you with words of wisdom and words of knowledge. I will give you words of encouragement for one another, and I will place in this Body administrations, diversities of gifts.

Do not let the Revival pass you by this time. Do not harden your heart at the moving of the Water, for I have sent My Word. My Word is come and it has been established in your heart, and you have heard My Truth. You’ve heard the voice of a prophet that I have sent to this generation, and you know the mysteries of God are finished in this day. and I have done what I said I would do, and I have kept My Covenant with My Bride.

I have revealed to her the mysteries of the Ages. And now it is My desire to restore unto her the depth of My Spirit, the freedom of worship, and all of the supernatural blessings that I have promised, so that she can come forth, even as she did the day I birthed her at the celebration of Pentecost.

My Spirit is moving. “Move!” said the Lord. “Move with Me!” Let men rise up and see visions, let men rise up and dream dreams. Let men prophesy. Let men have words of wisdom and knowledge, for I have gifted thee, said God. I have not only given My gifts to the weaker vessels, but I have placed My gifts in thee.

“Prophesy,” said the Lord. “I will give you the words.” Sing in the Spirit, I will support thee and inspire thee. When I have burdened your heart to the place that you can’t be still, speak up and say, “I’ve something to say. The Lord has shown me something, He has spoken to me something.” Knowest thou not that I have placed judges even in this place to judge that which is spiritual and that which is carnal?

Do not be afraid, saith the Lord. It’s too late for fear. Fear binds you. Fear restrains you. Perfect love casteth out fear. I’m pouring into thee Perfect Love. It is the children’s bread. I have promised it to My people. You can love one another with a perfect love, even as I have loved you. You say to Me, “Lord, she’s unlovable. He is unlovable. There’s so many things in him, so many things in her that I don’t like.”

The Lord would say unto thee in this hour, “Don’t you know when I looked at you, I saw so many things that did not meet My approval, and I loved you anyway. I saw rebellion in you, but I loved you anyway. I saw pride in you, but I loved you anyway. I saw vanity in you, I saw the lust of the flesh, and the lust of eyes, and the pride of life in you, but I loved you anyway,” saith the Lord, “with a Perfect Love that cannot be fathomed or explained. No poet has ever been able to express it, no songwriter has ever been able to sing about it to the measure and the depth that I have bestowed it unto thee.”

And now I say unto thee, “Love one another with a love that I have loved you,” saith God. Not seeing the faults and failures and shortcomings of each other, said the Lord, but seeing My work of Perfection that is beginning among thee, said God. I will have a people.

How would you feel, saith the Lord, when you hear the voice of foolish men ringing out around the world that you have created, telling the people that I am not the same, that I have changed My Plan for the Ages. How would you feel? How would you feel when you see churches that are preaching another Christ and another gospel, and using your Name to draw the crowd?

The Lord would say unto thee, they use My Name, they paint it on signs, they publish it in the newspapers, they use My Name to draw people from every walk of life. And when they have drawn people, they preach another gospel, and present another god. And they peddle to the people a false hope that will never bring them to Redemption.

And so the Lord would say unto thee, it may be small and it may be few, but I will have a people that will take Me at My Word, saith the Lord, that will not be afraid to move when I say, “Move!” When I say, “Bow!” they will bow. For they are Mine and they have come straight from My fingertips, saith the Lord.

Let the River of My Spirit flow through the dry and barren places of your heart. Let the River of My Spirit break you forth from your places of comfort and ease.

Zion shall not be at ease, saith the Lord. She shall be troubled. She shall mourn and wail. She shall cry out. But she shall also rejoice and she shall also magnify the God of her salvation. She shall also lift her voice and I will be her Glory. I will cover her, saith the Lord, with My Spirit, as a hen has covered her brood, and I will move upon her. And that which has been broken, and that which has been lied about, and that which has been banished through the Ages, I will glorify her and I will bring her to Perfection, saith God.

She will walk in obedience. No man nor devil will stand in her way. She will not break her ranks. The army of God will reign victorious for a quick, short moment. She will bring in the final harvest. It may not be by the multitudes that some people preach, saith the Lord. But if she would surrender to Me, there are bars that she could empty. There are houses of sin that she could empty. There are hopeless, broken, ruined lives that she could restore.

To him whom much is forgiven, much is required. I require of thee this night, saith the Lord, that you would be obedient to Me. And I require of thee that this time you would not quench the flow of My Spirit. I sent It unto you to refresh you, just a short season ago, and you rose up in accusation one against another. You said in your heart, “I don’t like the direction that things are going in.”

And God would say unto you, “Who are you to choose the direction of My Plan? Who are you to plan My will? Who are you to decide what I will do with My people in the last days?” I have called you to flow and to follow Me, saith the Lord. But I have not called you to dictate My steps. I have not called thee to decide for Me, saith the Lord.

I am a Living God, and I could make My own decision. Surely, as I have spoken My Word, I am able to perform it. I have never spoken a Word that I was not able to perform, and I have swearM unto thee by My Name and by My Word that I would visit thee, saith the Lord. How long will you wait?

For it is My desire to catch thee even into heavenly realms and show you that which is before My Throne. You’ve said in your heart, “What good would it do me? I’m not there, I’m here.”

How will you go? How will you journey? How will you ever stand in My Presence, if you don’t know where you’re going? Let Me reveal it to you. Let Me reveal to you the Glory that I showed My servant John. Let Me reveal to you the Glory that I have showed prophets and sages, as I have called them even behind the veil to see the Glory that I have reserved for the overcomer.

You have not seen yourself as an overcomer, saith the Lord. You have seen your defeat. Some of you have seen your destruction. Some of you have even seen, with your own vision and eyes, the day that you would just give up. Some of you have even planned your life when you’d surrender to walk no more in this Way. “Then I’ll have fun. Then I’ll do what I want to do.”

The Lord would say unto thee, “I will confuse your plans. I will confound your thinking and you will not have fun or pleasure in the things of sin. For I have redeemed thee and painted thee with My anointing, and I have marked thee for a purpose. Thou art a marked people,” saith the Lord.

“Thou art a marked people, for I have marked thee with My Glory, My Word and My Spirit. And all men shall know that you are Mine, when I have finished My work in thee. By this shall men know that you are My disciples and that you have followed My Word, because of the love that you have one for another. Freely you have received, now freely give,” saith the Lord of hosts.

For surely, God has spoken unto thee. I will strengthen your backbone, I will confirm the feeble arms and knees and strengthen the weary muscles. I will cause thee to stand strong and tall, with your shoulders squared, and your eyes fixed upon your goal, and others will look upon thee and they will see the Glory of the Lord in your eyes, and they will hear the Sound of Heaven in your voice.

And they will know, that though you have been chosen to live in the most wicked generation the world has ever experienced, they will know that you are not truly citizens of this world, but your citizenship is higher, said the Lord. For you will once again walk where angels trod.

You have been with Me, saith the Lord, for a long, long time. You were with Me in My mind, in My thoughts, saith God. Before the world, as you know it, was ever formed, you were with Me. I thought about you. I planned every mountain in your life. I planned every valley.

And even though you’ve questioned Me and you’ve wondered why I could be so cruel, it is because, saith the Lord, from your vantage point, you have only been able to see just a few moments. But from where I am, said the Lord, I have seen past a few minutes, I have seen eternity. And every valley has caused you to be who you are. And though you may not always be pleased with who you have become, I am working a work in your life that cannot be stopped.

The Lord would say unto thee, “Surrender and submit yourself to that work.” For I will have you. You’re Mine. If you submit yourself tonight, you can be broken, and flow with My Anointing. But if you will not submit, I will cut you down, saith the Lord. I will trim you down, I will cut you down, and I will bring you so small, that there’s nothing left. And you will call on Me, and I will redeem thee with mercy and My outstretched arm.

For I will have you. You are Mine. Why fight Me? Why struggle with Me, saith the Lord. For I have not called thee to a church, I have not called thee to a man. I have called thee to Myself. My arms have stretched out for thee and My bosom is ready for your head. Come and lay your head upon the bosom of the Lord, and I will nurture thee.

I will restore your marriage, saith the Lord. If you will believe Me, I will restore your children. But it won’t be in the moment you think, and it may not even be in the way that you have perceived. But because I am God, I will do it according to My Plan.

Hear Me! Mark these Words and keep them close to your heart. For I have come tonight and taken a vessel, and I have used his voice to speak the thoughts of My Love toward you. But it is I. Be not afraid, for I love you. I will see you through to the end of the race. I will not leave you when the waters are deep, the storm is rough, but I will see you through.

Now, will you let Me revive you? Will you let Me open your eyes to see that which is spiritual? Will you trust Me to lead you into realms that you have never walked in before?

For the Lord would say unto thee, it’s going to take that freshness, that spontaneous leadership of My Spirit, to set captives free. A program of a few songs, a little preaching will not accomplish My work. You must be fluid, you must be pliable. You must be willing to flow, for sometimes I will bring salvation before there is preaching. I will bring healing before there is singing. I will set captives free before you have received offerings.

For I am God, and I must have a people that I could work through without restraint, in this day. And if one man will not be willing and obedient, in tender love I can pull him to the side and raise up one who will. Be a vessel of honor, and I will bring you to My side, saith the Lord.

I Am that Rock

June 23, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophetic Word given through Brother Shelley

God said, “I have been that rock.” Listen to His Words. God said, “I have been that rock.” God said, “I have been that rock. I have followed you through the desert. I have followed you through the wilderness, saith the Lord.

I have been that rock. And I have followed you through your place of wanderings. And I have followed you through your place of testing. And I have followed you through your place of dryness, saith the Lord. But I’m standing near you now, and I am still that rock. And there still springs water, there still flows water from Me, for I am that rock that has followed you.

I am not a far way off. Oh, I am not a great distance from thee, saith the Lord. But I have followed thee, even as I followed Israel through the wilderness.

And yea the Lord would say unto thee, why cry? Why mourn and wail before Me? Speak. Speak, saith the Lord. Speak unto Me. Speak unto Me, for I am that rock. Speak unto Me, for I am that rock. And I will cause there to be breakthroughs and bursting forth of water, saith the Lord. I have followed thee, and now I’m waiting upon thee to speak to the rock.”

Valley of Decision

July 12, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Surely, My children, the Lord would say unto thee in this hour that I am in the midst of thee, saith God. And truly, the Lord would say unto thee, I have come by My Spirit, and I have desired to trouble the Waters among thee.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, “Never has there been such an hour, even when the waters of separation were flowing, never has there been such an hour that so many among you stood in the valley, so many standing in the valley. I see many standing in the Valley of Decision,” saith the Lord.

Yea, the Lord thy God would say unto thee, that is why the oppression is here, that is why there is seemingly a spirit among you that would cause your minds to wander. And oh, the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, I will, I will do exactly what I have spoken, saith God. No man, no spirit, no devil will be able to hinder Me from performing My Word, saith God.

But yea, the Lord would say unto thee, in this hour there must be a flow, there must be a channel. Oh, and the Lord would say unto thee, the channel of God is among thee tonight. Oh, the Lord would say that man would encompass the land and he would cross over the sea, if he could find a place, a opening, a hole into eternity.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, many men have chased after the end of the rainbow because of man’s fable that the end of the rainbow was a pot of gold. Many have told about a doorway into the future. Yea, there have been many fables that have said, “If you could step through that hole, or that vacuum and space, that you could step into eternity.”

Man has traveled even to the far expanses of the universe to find that which is beyond. Man has even gone to the depths of the ocean to find out the mysteries of those things that he knoweth not.

And yea, knowest in your heart in this hour, saith the Lord, that if there were a pot of gold at the end of the rainbow, that every man who was able, would do anything in his power to go and find the gold or the treasure. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, there is a treasure that is greater than gold. There is a treasure, saith the Lord, that is greater than the knowledge of the mysteries of man. There is a treasure, saith the Lord, that is greater than finding out that which is in the universe. And yea, there is a doorway, saith the Lord. There is a channel that is open. There is an opening into eternity.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee this night, many are standing, even now, in the threshold of the doorway into eternity, where My Glory is, saith the Lord. Draw near unto the Door, saith God. Draw near into that channel.

For the Lord would say unto thee, the nearer that you draw to that channel, to that opening, to that chasm, said God, the nearer that you draw, the easier it will be for you to hear the sounds of eternity, the rejoicing of eternity, the Glory and the worship of eternity. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, draw near into that channel. And I would even allow some of you with spiritual ears to hear the Revival that is moving before the Throne, the “Holy, holy, holies,” and the “Worthy, worthy, worthies,” saith the Lord.

Yea, I say unto thee, it is My desire that My people could hear the sounds of eternity. Draw near, saith the Lord, and begin to hear with spiritual ears the sounds of another world. For the Lord would say unto thee, if you will become familiar with the sounds, with the glorious sounds of praise, with the glorious sounds of worship filtering down through the channel, saith God. If you’ll grow accustomed to hearing those sounds.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, and even giving forth those sounds, that what you hear with spiritual ears, let it flow not only in your ears, but let it flow through your spirit, saith the Lord, that you might also be able to shout, “Holy! Holy! Holy!” and “Glory! Glory! Glory!”

For the Lord would say unto thee, when My people can come near, and be familiar with the sounds of heaven, then one by one they will begin to step in to experience the realms of My Glory. The Lord would say unto thee, knowest thou not that I see your struggle? Don’t you know I see how the flesh rises up? Even in the hour that you think you have the victory over self, the flesh would rise up to keep thee from My Presence.

But the Lord would say unto thee, turn a deaf ear to that which the flesh would cry. Turn a deaf ear to the cries of circumstances, saith the Lord. Tune your ear to heavenly music, saith God. Tune your spirit to that which is eternal.

The Lord would say unto thee, “Look around.” Look around you this night, all that you see is temporal. Everything that you know in this life is temporal, saith the Lord. But My Life is not temporal. Oh no. My eternal Life has been bestowed upon thee, saith God. And it is My desire to draw thee into the realms of Glory, where the struggles of the flesh will cease.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, where your attitude is not your own any more, but you receive My mind and My Spirit. My thoughts permeate through your being, saith the Lord. My will is expressed in thee.

Oh, the Lord would say unto thee, don’t ever stop short, but press in. Press in. Press in, saith the Lord. Even this night there has never been such a night of valley. Valley. Valley. Valley, the valley is full, said God, of those standing in decision. Choose to know Me, saith the Lord. Choose to understand and experience that which I would reveal.

For the Lord would say unto thee, great and mighty are the things that I have in store for those who choose to come closer to the channel, to the doorway leading to My Glory. Oh, I would say unto thee, I have treasures, greater treasures than you have ever imagined. Come near, saith the Lord, and I will bestow upon thee the riches of My Kingdom, said the Lord. Hallelujah.

Teaching People Truth

July 14, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Personal Word given by Brother Mark Barclay directed to Brother Shelley

I went over there when I was so sick that I couldn’t hardly live, and I talked two young men into going with me to hear Mark Barclay at the Charismatic church, because I’ve read a lot of his books, and some of you have and I thought, I’d like to meet him. And every Charismatic Brother and Pentecostal Brother in town sat there.

They gave a special, reserved seating, and special little gifts for coming. And they had such a little place. It’s the place out there near us. What’s it called? New Covenant? And they had so little, until they didn’t invite churches. They just invited their church and brothers, because there wasn’t room in their little building.

And he prophesied over people. I knew… And I knew what he was telling them was true. I was at the bottom. I was in the very middle of my time of depression.

And he came over to me and he said, “God’s not through with you.” He said, The Lord’s not through with you.” He said, “You’ve got Truth that some of these other men don’t have.” He said, “God’s going to use that Truth to reach people that they can’t reach.”

He said, You’re going to teach people that have been at it longer than you; you’re going to teach them Truth that they don’t know anything about. God’s not through with you.” Oh, yes. Every prophecy I’ve received in two years from strangers has commented (my wife can witness to it) about the Truth that we possess.

Set Free from Condemnation

July 14, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

The Lord said, “I am setting you free from condemnation.” The Lord would say unto thee, you have walked too long under the scornful eyes of men. And God would say unto thee in this hour, “Free yourself from the scornful eyes of men.” And for so long, you’ve walked under those scornful eyes, until now you always feel that you’re being examined, and that you’re always being condemned and criticized by others.

But the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, “Walk out from under condemnation, and disregard the scornful eyes of man. I want to have a relationship with you,” saith the Lord. “I want to know you, and I want you to know Me personally and individually.” And the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, “Do not condemn yourself for your shortcomings. Repent of them. Do not condemn yourself for your faults or your personality flaws. Repent of them and let My mercy give you assurance.”

For the Lord would say unto thee, My Bride will have assurance. She will have a “Know-so-Salvation,” saith the Lord. And the Lord would say unto thee, even in this hour there is a channel of love coming from the Heavenlies. I’m pouring My love into this place.

Oh, the Lord would say unto thee, “Be loved. Receive My Love,” saith the Lord. I am not condemning you. I am not whipping you. I am not correcting you. I’m loving you now, because you’re Mine. There are times when My Love must be corrective, but it never comes to condemn you. It comes to push you farther and to give you strength. All condemnation comes from your enemy. Refuse it and reject it, and enjoy My Love. You’re Mine.

The Lord would say unto thee, “I’m tired of people picking on you. You’re Mine. I’m getting ready to fight your battle. I’m tired of people scorning you. I’m tired of people criticizing you. You’re Mine and I’m getting ready to go to battle for you.” The Lord would say unto thee, “Walk free tonight in My Love.”

I see your mistakes. I see the things you say. I see the hidden things of the heart. But you’re still Mine. And does a mother throw away her suckling child, because the child does something to bother the mother? No! No! No, she draws it again to the breast, and she waits for an opportunity to train and to teach that child. When he’s old enough to understand that which is right, the mother will correct it and teach it.

The Lord would say unto thee, “Neither will I, the Living God, throw you away. But I will draw you to My bosom and I will love you.” The Lord would say unto thee, I just want to love on My children. I want to love on My children. I’m tired of how the enemy has condemned you and defeated you.

Let the Glory fall. Let My Anointing move on you. Do not be afraid to step out and move in the flow of God. I just want to love you, saith the Lord, and I want to deliver you from the guilt of condemnation. Let Me set you free.

My Word has come to give you the ability and grace to live holy. I’m working on you. I’m working on you. Tell one another, saith the Lord, “The Lord is working on me. The Lord is working on me. You may not like me yet, but the Lord is working on me.” Do not be condemned. Let My Love channel down even now. I love you. The Lord would say, “I love you.”

Television Sponsorship

July 14, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy shared by Brother Shelley, Given by Brother in Ashland

I received a prophecy while I was gone, several prophecies, but one from a man who’s from New York. And he was a blessing to us when we visited in the winter. And it was a real blessing that he happened to be there at the same time. But he’s strange in sort. He’s sort of quiet and a little different.

And I have to be honest and tell you, I wasn’t real excited about going the morning that he was going to speak. I thought, “Boy, we could use some rest.” But we went anyway.

And he got ready to preach, and he started weeping, just weeping. And the anointing began to fall all over the place. And he said, “I’ve been…” He said, “I don’t care how hard I try, I find myself trying to do it.”

He said, “I’ve got to learn to let go and let God do it.” And he said, “There’s men in this place that try to do it, and you can’t do it. You’ve got to let go.” And a slew of men came for prayer.

I didn’t feel God prompting me to go, but I prayed for those who went. And I thought to myself, “He probably thinks I’m being rebellious.” Because I looked around; there wasn’t too many man that didn’t go. But I just didn’t feel the anointing to get up and go down there.

But in a few minutes, he began to speak over different ones that were in the altar. And he said, “You brother there, who prophesied the other night,” he said, “I see two attacks.” Said, “You’ve come through some things. But I see two attacks coming, one from someone that’s been your friend, and another one from someone who is just an outsider.” And he said, “I see them waving papers in your face.” Oh, yes.

I thought… I don’t know that this is it; it may be something bigger. I don’t know. But I thought it… I just refused a registered letter that somebody wanted to use to harass the church with.

And he said, “But I see it not stopping you or hindering you.” And he said, “I see you on television all across this nation.” And he said, “I see God making it possible by something like sponsorship,” he said, “Like a corporation will sponsor a sports star.”

He said, “I see something sponsoring you on television all over the nation.” And he said, “You’re going to give this nation Truth.” And he said, “It’s such a great Truth; they don’t even know what they’re about to hear.”

Fill the Ditches

July 14, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Oh, fill the valley! The Lord would say, “Fill the valley full of ditches. Prepare thyself to receive an outpouring. Prepare thyself,” saith the Lord. “Fill the valley full of ditches and I will send a Rain,” saith the Lord. “And fill the ditches that you have prepared.”

(Hallelujah. Glory be to God. Oh Glory. Hallelujah.) Fill the ditches! Fill the ditches!

Swelling River

July 14, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

The Lord said to me just then. He said, “What you see now is coming out of a cloud about the size of a man’s hand. But,” He said, “If you’ll start preparing yourself…” (See, I’m under inspiration now.) He said, “Just like the snow melts in the mountains, and begins to flow down the mountain and it swells the river, and sometimes it even causes a river to swell over and spill over its banks, God said, “If you’ll dig the ditches, and you’ll prepare yourself for the outpouring of Rain, the Rain of God is coming to swell the River.”

Oh, He said, “That innocent little stream, that innocent little brook, that innocent little creek that runs along, when the rains come and swell up that river and add to the force of that river, and add to the strength of that river, then anything that is in the current is washing. It’s moving. Yes, yes, nothing is able to stand against the moving of the River, when it’s swollen with the Rains from heaven.”

And the Lord said, “What you’re receiving now has come from a cloud about the size of a man’s hand. And it has swelled the River only just a portion. But the Lord would say unto thee, “Behind this cloud, there is coming a great and a mighty cloud. Clouds that will cover up the sky.” Oh yes, clouds that will cover up the sky. And from those clouds will I send a down pouring, a down pouring of My Anointing, and an outpouring of My Glory, and My Power, and My Strength.

And I will swell the River, and it will be greater. You’ll see greater deliverances, you’ll see greater healings, you’ll see greater miracles. The Lord would say unto thee, if you’re rejoicing now at the swelling of the River from a cloud the size of a man’s hand, wait until you see.

The Lord said, “It will be like a tropical storm that just hangs over an area.” God said, “Don’t you remember, when I let a tropical storm come and hang over this area? Caused the rivers to swell and the dams to break, in the natural, and it rained for days and days and days? And that storm would not move on. It just hung right over the area.”

The Lord would say unto thee, “I’m sending a Cloud of My Glory, just like a tropical storm, that’ll hang right over this area.” Oh hallelujah. “And it will refuse to move to the North or the South, or the East or the West, but it’ll just hang over this place. Oh yes, over this place, and it will keep filling up and swelling up the Waters of the River.”

A Better Vision

July 14, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

You’ve got to get a… The Lord said for me to tell you, you’ve got to get a better vision of God. You’ve got to get a better vision of Him and His relationship with you.

He’s not waiting with that sledgehammer to crush you every time you slip/ But He’s waiting with His fingertips to pick you up and to push you forth.

He made you. He knows how you are. He knows our flesh is prone to fail. Bet He said, “I’m not ready to crush you. I’m ready to pick you up and push you forth in love and in my anointing.”

Set Free from Condemnation

July 14, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

I have the interpretation. The Lord gave me a Word and I was struggling to try to get it together when He spoke with tongues.

So I don’t have it like a “Thou shalt,” or old English, so I’ll give it to you in modern English.

I heard the Lord saying… I believe He was trying to teach me something. I could hear Him saying, “There is no condemnation to them which walk uprightly in Christ Jesus.”

This Revival… (Tongues.)

You don’t have to feel that. Don’t be upset if you don’t feel what I feel. It’s for me right now, but you can have a little if you want it. But I believe, God was showing me, this Revival is coming to us because God wants to bring us out from under condemnation.

God said, “I have given you the Word, and I’ve told you how to live, and I’ve told you what I expect of you, but you’re not able to do it always, and so you live so often in condemnation, condemning yourself. " And you take everything that’s said as a slap or a slam, when sometimes it’s never even intended for you; it’s not even pertaining to you; God’s speaking to somebody else.

But because your walk… (Tongues.) …because you’re walking in such condemnation, every corrective word, everything that’s said, you take it. And in one sense of the word, we’re supposed to search our heart and see if it’s us. But God said, “You’re just letting it bring you into such condemnation, that you can’t do any better. You’re not doing any better. You’re never doing any better, because you’re in such condemnation.

And God said that this Revival and this refreshing is coming to bring you out from under condemnation, not conviction.

Just because I dance… I’ve always danced. Just because I prophesy… I’ve always prophesied. Just because I talk about a River. I talked about a River in ‘96. It doesn’t mean I’ve changed my mind about holy living. If it’s conviction, you’ll never jerk it off.

You may jerk all over this building like a chicken with a head chopped off, but you’ll never jerk conviction off.

But condemnation, God said, “You’ve got to shake out of condemnation.”

When something comes over this pulpit, if it’s you, let the Holy Ghost make it real to you that it’s you. But if it’s not you, let the Holy Ghost put a joy down in your heart, “Thank God. Glory to God, that’s not for me. Hallelujah.”

And don’t sit there and try to figure out who it’s for. But walk free tonight. The Lord said, “I am setting you free from condemnation.”

I Desire to Lead You with My Eye

July 19, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

My children, the Lord would say unto thee this hour, it is my desire to lead My people by My Spirit with My eye, saith the Lord. It is not my desire to drive My children like cattle.

It is not my desire to whip My children into obedience, saith the Lord. But with the gentleness of My eye, with tenderness of My voice, I desire to lead thee.

I desire to lead thee to rivers of living water. I desire to feed thee from My green pastures. I desire to give unto thee rest, rest not only for your body, but rest for your spirit and for your soul.

Don’t be a children that must be led by the jerking of the neck or the yanking of the bridle, but be a children, be a people that will be led by the gentleness of wooing of My Spirit. Break free this night of all of your programs, from your patterns, from your ideas.

I will be your Shepherd. I will lead you. Do not fear, and neither be afraid to walk in obedience. But obey as I have led thee and commanded thee. For even the Lord thy God, I would whisper in your ear, and reveal to you that which I would have you to do. Do it. Do it swiftly.

And I will bless and multiply unto thee all that you have need of. My people shall want for nothing, neither shall they lack for anything necessary to build My Kingdom or carry out My work, for I will loose even greater and greater blessings.

I will loose greater and greater provision and providence for thee, saith the Lord, so that you would lack for nothing as My Kingdom is built and My Word goeth forth to be established upon this earth.

Let me lead you gently, saith the Lord. Hear My voice and know Me. Know Me, saith the Lord. Learn of Me and know Me, for I will direct thee into all truth, and I will cause you to know the way and the path that I would have you to walk in. Walk in it.

For the Lord would say unto thee, if you’re Mine, I will have you and I will lead you. If you will not be led by the gentleness of My eye, I will lead you with My rod. For I have redeemed thee and you are not your own. You are bought with a price.

The Lord would say unto thee, the way will be easier for you if you will let Me lead you with the gentleness of My nod. But you will follow, saith the Lord. You will follow by the gentle leading, or you will follow with a rod. For I will have you. I have suffered for thee. I have sacrificed for thee.

You are mine. The choice is yours. Which way will you follow, saith the Lord? Will you follow with the gentleness of My leading, or shall I drive thee, saith the Lord? But I will have a people who will hear My voice and obey, so saith the Lord.

The Supernatural Way

July 19, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

Now the Lord is speaking to me concerning something that I’ve said here. I said, “We’ve wondered how would we go as far as we could go, when we couldn’t go any farther.” I said, “It will only be by supernatural means.” I said, it’ll only be by supernatural means that God takes us there.”

The Lord said, “Get ready, for the supernatural means.” He said to this Body right now, to every person who would hear, “To him that hath an ear to ear, let him hear what the Spirit would say to this Body. Get ready for the supernatural way. Get ready for the Supernatural Way.” Even hind’s feet.

Trance Vision/ Prepare Me a Place

July 19, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision & Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Oh. Oh. Oh. Praise. I’ll try. I’ll try to stay here. Could they praise the Lord? Saints, let’s praise Him. Quiet, reverently. Scary this way.

I’m waiting for the Angel to come back. He told me to stand right here. Ask them to praise Him at their seats.

(Brother Greeley speaks. Asks the people to praise Him at their seats. He doesn’t want to be a gazing stock. Praise at your seat.)

(Brother Shelley speaks in tongues)

He left me standing by this beautiful, beautiful River. I was here before. I see His shining, shining city, shining city on the other side. I told Him, I’ve got to swim by myself. He told me to wait. This time I could go in. There is a mist on the water. It almost looks stormy. It comes to try to hide the view.

I see walls and towers in this city. I hope He, the Angel, comes back. He told me not to try to cross alone. (Tongues) He’s coming my way, walking on the River. He says, “All things are ready for My coming.” (Hahaha.) Oh! (Tongues) (Laughs)

Hallelujah. Cold, cold water. He’s laughing at me. The Angel is laughing at me, because it’s cold. He doesn’t feel the cold.

(Laughs) I’m coming. I’m coming. It’s just cold. I’m coming. I wouldn’t miss this for anything.

He, He touched, He waved His hand toward me and touched the water. It became warm. He says, “Most people would turn back when they feel the cold.” But I kept wading. Now He has made the River warm, so warm. Real relaxing.

Oh, wading. Oh, we’re stopping in the middle. He wants me to see something from this point. Now I see the Gate. It is, it is carved from pearl, shiny carved, beautiful designs, Opens in the middle. Two sides, two sides of the gate. Two sides. Left, right side.

I hear music, trumpets. Loud, royal trumpets. Sweet music. Standing, I’m standing with Him, my Angel, in the middle of the River. He said, “We were waiting here for our grand welcome.”

The gate, the walls are wide, shiny. Stones, beautiful jasper stones cut and laid upon each other. Beautiful facets, cut stones, jasper like bricks. The Gate opens in the middle. First left side, now right side. Big crowd coming out with trumpets, harps, some other instruments playing beautiful music - heaven’s music. So beautiful.

Angels coming. Some look like men. Others have wings, tall wings. Some with wings have beautiful blonde hair like men, but wings. It’s a parade for me. So many coming. Standing along the walls, waiting for our crossing.

Four angels are carrying a beautiful, beautiful banner, beautiful banner. It’s green, with gold letters, carrying it out the gate with praise. It says, “Welcome. Welcome.” (Smiles) They even know my name. (Laughs) This Angel, He’s funny. He asked me, “Did you think we were going to sneak you in the back door?”

He said, “Every son of God has a welcome parade.” Oh. Hurts. (The brothers pray for Brother Shelley.) Praise Him. Hallelujah. Satan doesn’t want me to cross. Thank You, Jesus.

(Tongues) Big crowd, praising the Lamb. They’re singing a song about The Lamb. We’re moving, wading towards the crowd. Some angels are clapping, clapping their hands. Some are moving, fluttering their wings. He said to me, “Even Cherubim and Seraphims are welcoming you.” Hallelujah.

How will I ever come back to see this? To see this city is my goal. He said, I will come back to tell others how to stand before the Throne.

They’re dancing now in circles. Hahaha. They’re moving. (Laughs) You know, that little dance that the sisters here move forward and back, turn around and go backward in little ranks like two by two, the angels, some are doing the very same dance. (Laughs) Two by two. Hahaha. Some are dancing hand in hand, shouting praise, all praise to The Lamb, “Forever and ever.”

He will soon call His Bride. They’re singing. “He will soon call His Bride.” The angels are singing the song, “Worthy is The Lamb. Worthy is The Lamb. The Lamb will soon call His Bride. She will stand at His side. Worthy, worthy is The Lamb.” You can hear it in their voices. They want Him to call His Bride. It seems like they want Him to be happy, so they are anxious for His Bride to come.

It’s a long way, but we’re almost out of the water. There is a place under the wall, where the River flows into the city. Under the wall. But we will wade out. “No. Tell them not to do that.” Cries. “Tell not to.” They are bowing, the angels are bowing their head, standing at attention.

I told them not to. They bow their heads for me. He said, “They honor The Lamb and His Wife.” (Cries.) “They honor and respect the Lamb’s Wife. He said, “When all of God’s Bride comes home, some of these angels will serve her, serve the Bride, as they have so faithfully served The Lamb.”

It’s too much to contain. It’s too much, it’s too much to contain, to be the Lamb’s Wife. “But we’re not worthy to be His Wife.” The Angel said, “It’s not who is worthy, but who is chosen.” (Cries) We’re not worthy. Chosen. Chosen. (Sorry)

“They know; they know… “He said, “They know by my coming, that it is very soon.” I’m not sure why I’ve been summoned. I’m the least. But He said, “I would tell it, so I’ve been called to come home, because I would tell it far and wide.” But the way is being made.

Spiritually, the Bride will soon be given access to the heavenly realm. Not naturally to visit, but spiritually, she will visit. In spiritual realms, she will visit. She will be then given strength, wisdom, and learn of His character for the final, for the final work that she is called to do. She cannot be trained in this, in the dimension we have lived in. She must be trained in heavenly realms for the final work.

So He is calling her to come, stand even before His Throne. Realms of Glory that we have never known. We will then receive power to cast out even the strongest demons, to break even the strongest chains, to set even the most captive lives free. Trained by the Spirit before the Throne.

This is not the curtain of time. That is future. This is present. He said, “I have not seen today what happened in heaven, but I am seeing what is happening in heaven now, not beyond the curtain of time when we are all gathered there.” But He is letting me see what is happening right now.

They’re still dancing. They were very quiet while the Angel was talking to me. Now they are circling us. Some are joining hands. I don’t see any people, only created beings and angels of a different sort. They look, some look like men, some are much more beautiful than men. Some have faces that shine like rods of brass, some have faces almost flesh-looking. But no people or saints.

He said to me now, “This is not where the saints live now, but where they will live when the rest of the Lamb’s Wife comes home.” He said, “The saints are near, but in another realm that I cannot see.” I cannot believe that I am seeing a realm above, where the saints are dwelling, but I cannot deny what He has said.

Some angels are joining hands and dancing in a circle around us, as we move closer through, to the Gate. To the Gate closer. I can still hear the rushing water from the River, as we enter through the Gate. He leans over to speak in my ear. The Angels says, “Remember, this time you will see, but next time you will receive Revelation to teach others how to stand in these realms. This time it’s for me to see and tell only what I see. Next time, more.”

The angels are lining up to follow us through the Gate. On either side of the avenue are more, more, more angels lined up. Three deep, for as far as I can see. The streets, the street is gold in color, but almost transparent. I can see depth.

“Where are my shoes?” Huh. No one walks on these streets with shoes. I must not tell everything He said now, but they want to know. “Not now, next time more.”

There is a Presence in the air, the most beautiful fragrance like roses. He calls it “heavenly Perfume.” He said, “It is for The Lamb’s Wife. She will even smell it in her times of prayer. She will smell it when she comes many times into His Presence. Heavenly perfume, made special for The Lamb’s Wife.”

I cannot take it in. It is too much. I want to run to see as much as I can, quickly, before I must go. Flowers so big, so beautiful. No gardeners necessary. The excitement is more than I have ever seen. They love to see my reaction to all I see. The angels are watching me close, to see. Some are laughing. I didn’t really know that angels laughed. Some are laughing hard.

He said, “Laughing in the Spirit is part of heaven’s atmosphere. When we laugh in the Spirit, we’re tasting heavenly atmosphere.” Where are my clothes? It’s beautiful, white linen. Crisp. No shoes. Just my size. “Hang it somewhere for me when I’m through. I’ll be back to get it later.”

I keep falling on my knees, and they keep picking me up. I don’t know why. It must be the Presence. It’s so strong, I can hardly stand. But they pick me up. It seems to be louder now, praise, singing. Behind us, in the streets they dance. Oh my, what dancing, jumping, running! Angels. But it’s wonderful. Singing songs I’ve never heard. Never heard.

He said to me, that in just a few moments we would turn down the street. Between two beautiful buildings, I will see the view. Not too close this time, but from a short distance. It must be The Throne. They say, it will hold me back to protect me

Very soon, the anointing in my ministry will change, He said. When it does, next time I will stand very close to the Throne to receive words and Revelations for the Lamb’s Wife.This time, I should be content for a quick glimpse of the celebration that goes on constantly before the Throne, even now. I cannot yet see it, but I hear it. To think that one day we will stand together close to His Throne, in this heavenly celebration!

He said, “There will come services here, when no man or woman will be standing. We will all rest in His Glory, for the work will be hard and long and we will cherish the opportunity to rest in His Glory.” He said, “It’s better than twelve hours of sleep, two seconds resting in the Glory of the Lord.”

My feet want to dance now. He is holding me. Almost as though they have a mind of their own. I’m telling them to be still. My feet want to dance before the Lord.

(Tongues) They are speaking to each other in a strange language. Not English. (Tongues) He said to me, “We learn by the Spirit of The Lamb, languages of men. But we have languages of angels, for we speak here with tongues of men and tongues of angels. So it is when men are filled with God’s Spirit, they too speak with tongues of men and tongues of angels.” So we will speak in languages unknown to us, even in that realm.

I’m so glad I didn’t let them talk me out of speaking in tongues. Now I find out, they speak in all kinds of tongues here. Hallelujah. Thank You, Jesus. Thank You, Jesus.

Oh. We are climbing stairs to a little, a little balcony on the side of a beautiful building for a better view. The music is loud. They’re shouting, “Worthy! Holy! Worthy! Holy!”

The sky is filled with the rainbow from sky to sky. Brilliant color. Oh, the sweet smell! Underneath the Rainbow is an Ivory Throne, inlaid with gold. Beautiful jewels. So tall, so big.

There is a mist, a vapor of fog that surrounds the Throne. It’s rose color, amber. Even some blue. Very thick. The rainbow are just over the Throne, from sky to sky. There’s much dancing, bowing, singing, worshiping before the Throne.

I’m so afraid. With all of my heart I want to see, but I’m so afraid to see. There is such a holy fear that causes me to fall on my face. Two angels are picking me up. I’m falling again. “Do not be afraid.” They say, “Do not be afraid, for you have been summoned. This time to see, next time you will stand at the very front of the Throne.”

The Angel calls another angel. He says to him, “We’re ready. Go and take the message. We’re in place.” We’re a long way, much activity between us and the Throne. But I can see golden rain, the same mercy rain that I’ve seen before falls over my head. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. What a fearful place.

On either side of the River flowing straight from the Throne, angels are worshiping, “Holy, holy, holy.” Oh! Oh! Ohhhhhh. To the right side of the Throne He stands. His feet, even from where I’m standing, I see, as we’ve heard, like brass. Like gold, tried in a furnace. I see His robe, soft and white. Even from a distance, I see His waist is girded about with a golden rope.

The cloud covers, mist covers His face. But through the mist, I can see the outline of His head. Through the mist I see fiery eyes. Oh Lord, I shall never be the same.

To His right there is a large, beautiful porch with golden stairs. He raises His eyes toward the balcony, where I’m standing so far away. With His right hand, He stretches toward the porch. “For My Bride. It is all for My Bride. It is all for My Bride.” Angels are falling on their faces. I, I must join them. I wished that I could be closer to see. But even from a distance, the Glory, the Power and the Anointing is so real.

I ask the Angel, “Does He know that I’ve come?” The Angel said, “Yes. He’s the One Who has called you.” He motions with His hand, and the angels stand. I am standing too.

[Ed., While still in Vision, Brother Shelley Prophesies]

(Tongues)

For the Lord would say unto thee in this hour. Prepare Thyself. Prepare thyself, My children, prepare thyself, saith the Lord. For yea, the Lord would say unto thee, even this night the way has been made.

And yea, even I, the Lord thy God, have opened the heavenly realm, saith the Lord. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, even that which has been seen by spiritual eyes, yea, the Lord would say unto thee, it is only a foretaste of that which I desire for My children to see.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I will train My children. I will teach them My ways before My Throne, saith the Lord. I will catch her away into heavenly realms in My Spirit, into deeper anointing, saith the Lord, and she will flow.

Yea, she will taste the water from the River of the Living God. She will feel it as it flows across her, saith the Lord. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, prepare thy heart, for you are about to step in, even as a Body, saith the Lord, to the greatest hour of deliverance that thou hast ever known.

For the Lord would say unto thee, even soon you will see blinded eyes opened again, saith the Lord. And the lame shall be raised to walk. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, even cancer will be healed, saith the Lord. Tumors shall fall.

For I, the Living God, will open up to thee realms of Glory and Anointings to prepare thee for the final harvest, saith the Lord. The emphasis of that which I’m about to do will not be upon healing, but I will manifest healing. Yea, even the miracles that thou hast heard about, the things that you have heard that I have done, I will surely do even in your midst. Ye will know that I am the Living God that changes not.

But yea, the emphasis, saith the Lord, will be upon deliverance and salvation. For I will deliver even the ones, saith the Lord, who seem the most bound. But yea, the Lord would say unto thee, in this hour, count these things not lightly, saith the Lord. And do not let them pass over.

For I say unto thee, it is a big world and there are multitudes of people upon this earth, and yet I have called thee even this night to hear, yea, even a foretaste of that which stands across the Divide, saith the Lord.

Yea, My children, My children, walk softly before Me and seek My face as never before, even as I am seeking after thee. Pray and call upon My Name, for the Lord would say unto thee, I will meet you. I will meet you in your place of prayer. I will meet you at your fasting. I will meet you at the place of your dedication, and I will call thee even as I have called My servant, I will call thee, saith the Lord. And yea, even I will begin to reveal through him the things that you must know, that you might also come and stand in realms of Glory.

Yea, I say unto thee, doubt not in your heart as some already doubt. Doubt not in your heart even as some have already tried to reason these things. But I, the Lord thy God would say unto thee, to whosoever would not reason, but would trust Me and believe that I am God, and that I am able to show.

Did I not show John? Did I not show Moses? Did I not show even Apostles and holy men the things that I have prepared? Knowest thou not that I love you, My children, and I am able to show you that which I have prepared for thee, that I might help thee to be ready, saith the Lord, for that which is about to take place. Even the final and the greatest harvest.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, the greater days are before thee. Yea, the Glory of the latter shall be greater than the Glory of the former. For I will pour out rain, saith the Lord, the former and the latter rain together. And I will cause, saith the Lord, the people that have walked in Truth, and those who have walked in Spirit, to come together, saith the Lord. Yea, like a River they shall flow together in My anointing, and I will establish My Truth in the hearts of many. And I will touch her with My anointing and with My Glory.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, men will tremble before Me, falling upon their faces, saith the Lord. For My Glory shall fill the House, even as it filled Solomon’s temple. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I am getting ready to make thee builders. Prepare thyself, saith the Lord. Take up thy hammer. Yea, for the Lord would say unto thee, I am getting ready to make thee builders.

Yea, for there is work yet to be done to prepare. Prepare Me a place, saith the Lord, Prepare Me a place where I can bring My Glory. Prepare Me a place where I can call men and women in, saith the Lord, and deliver them by My Spirit and equip them for the final work. Yea, you look among yourselves and see but a few. But I will add, saith the Lord, and I will multiply.

Yea, and it will not just be those who have known the ways of religion. But it will be those who have known the gutter-way. It’ll be those who have known the ways of sin and the ways of death. But I will change them in a moment, even in an instance, saith the Lord.

For I say unto thee, the struggling deliverances that you know now, you will not always know. For even soon I will begin to bring instant deliverances among thee, saith the Lord, by the power of My spoken Word I will manifest instant miracles, and instant deliverances, saith the Lord. It will not always be a struggle. But I will manifest Myself in ways that you have not yet thought about. Prepare thyself and wait upon Me, saith the Lord. For the Glory of the latter will surely outshine the former, thus saith the Living God.

(Tongues)

Gather Vessels for the Oil

July 26, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

For the Lord would unto thee in this hour, Yea, even I, the Lord thy God, am preparing now, even in another dimension. Yea, I am preparing oil, saith the Lord, oil of heaven, heavenly anointing, saith the Lord. Yea, the oil of unity, the oil of brotherhood, yea, the oil of My blessings.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, Borrow vessels! Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, Gather vessels. Gather not a few, saith the Lord, but gather all the vessels, yea, gather them from high places and low places. Call them in, saith the Lord. Call them from the North and from the South, call them from the East and the West. Call your neighbors, saith the Lord. Call those that are afar off.

For I, the Lord, thy God, would say unto thee, I am preparing to fill empty vessels, yea, with My oil, with My Glory, with My Spirit. Yea, I the Lord, thy God would say unto thee, even enemies, even those who have made themselves enemies of the ministry, enemies of the Gospel, saith the Lord. Enemies of My last move upon this earth.

Yea, I the Lord thy God, will begin to work with them, and I will begin to shave away all the growth. Yea, even as a razor cometh, saith the Lord, to take away the stubble of the face, Yea, I will shave away all that which is unlike Me. And I will even prepare those to receive oil.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, be ready, My children, even in this hour tonight, and let My anointing begin to fill thee. Yea, I’ve been visiting thee for weeks, getting thee ready, saith the Lord, plunging thee in My Spirit and filling thee with My anointing.

Haven’t you noticed, saith the Lord, there is a greater ease when you come? You come weary, you come tired, you come burdened, you come oppressed, but when you begin to praise Me, when you begin to flow in My Spirit, yea, the Lord would say unto thee, do you not feel your burdens beginning to lift? Do you not begin to feel your tiredness moving away from you, saith the Lord?

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, prepare thyself. For yea, no matter what you go through, no matter what you face, no matter what you bring with you. If you’ll come in with an attitude of praise, if you’ll sacrifice unto the Living God, I will fill you with the oil from on High. I will anoint your head and your feet and your hands, saith the Lord, and I will fill you with My Power, with My Word.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, and faith will be spoken from your lips. Yea, and the faith that you speak and express, I will cause it to grab a hold of that which you desire and bring it back to thee, saith the Lord. Gather vessels, for I’m about to fill.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, even missionaries, yea, even missionaries raised up from this place, to go forth and to pour out the oil of My anointing. Oh yes. For the Lord would say unto thee, get ready to reap a harvest. Yea, a harvest, that’s greater than you’ve ever imagined, saith the Lord. Get ready, for that which I’m about to do in your midst will begin preparing that great harvest.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, get ready, My children, for I will fill you with oil. Oh, your greater days are ahead, saith the Lord. Your greatest fishing is ahead. Oh yes. For I’m going to cause your nets to take in more fish.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, even nets that would be so filled, saith the Lord, that it would seem that the ship would sink. But yea, in that hour, I will cause you to build bigger places, saith the Lord, to fill them with fish. For My people are hungry, saith the Lord. Yea, even those that are behind the doors of denominational systems, they’re crying out. Yes, many of them hide from their Pastors, many of them hide from their leaders. They cannot let them know that they’re not satisfied.

But in secret, saith the Lord, even on Monday nights and Thursday nights, they’re meeting secretly in their homes. One another, they’re meeting together, crying out for move of God, for a moving of My Spirit. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I hear their cry. Yea, they’ve not walked in Truth as you have walked.

But yea, I see the sincerity of their heart. I see that they are real. I see that in many of them there is no pretense, and there is no counterfeit, because they don’t know that which is real. But they’re real in themselves, as they hunger and thirst.

And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, will you be My hand extended? Will you be My net, saith the Lord, that take in the fish? For the Lord would say unto thee, My anointing is coming. The Oil of Heaven will fill thee and prepare thee for the harvest that I have called you to labor in, saith the Lord.

Prepare Yourself to Receive

August 2, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

For the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, surely, My Presence is in the midst of thee, saith the Lord. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, prepare your heart even now, for yea, I have a visitation for thee, saith the Lord. Yea, it is not only My desire for you to feel My Glory, It is not only My desire for you to celebrate and worship Me.

But yea, I the Lord thy God, desire to show Myself unto thee. Yea, I want you to see Me, saith the Lord, and I want you to know Me. Yea, My children, you have heard of Me, you have heard of the things that I have done. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, this is the hour, even around the world, that I desire to show Myself real to those who are hungry after Me.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I have not just come for dancing, yea, I have not just come for the lifting of the voice, yea, or for the shouting. But I have come to introduce Myself, yea, saith the Lord, even by the fullness and the Revelation and the Reality of My Word.

Come in, saith the Lord, and walk beyond the veil. For I, the Lord, thy God, doth cover this place even as a veil doth cover a Bride. My Spirit and My Glory will cover these grounds, saith the Lord, even as a veil would cover the head of an elected Wife. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, come and let Me cover you with My veil. Come, and let Me cover you with My Glory, saith the Lord.

For even in the next few days, I will meet with you. And yea, if you will come with the humbleness of heart and the openness of your spirit, you will not leave these grounds the way you have come, even this morning. For I will stir you, I will cause you to burn like a Fire. I will put My Word in your lips, saith the Lord, and your mouth will testify of Me.

And yea, that which you shall speak, I shall bring it to pass. For I am building a people, saith the Lord, that shall go forth in the Power and Might of the Lord. For yea, I am a strong God, even a God of battles. Receive My strength, saith the Lord. When your strength has exhausted, when your power has failed, receive My strength.

Even now, I, the Living God, breathe strength into thee. Receive it, saith the Lord, and My Glory shall fill this House, and I will fulfill all of My Promises and My Word unto thee. Receive now, for I have great and mighty things in store for thee, saith the Lord. Be ready, be ready and praise Me even now in advance. Oh yes, prepare your barns, oh yes, prepare your vessels. Prepare your ditches, saith the Lord, for I will fill you with My Spirit, if you will humble yourself to receive. Thus saith the Lord.

Wade into the Waters of the Spirit

August 10, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Helen Burgess & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

Yea, for the Lord would say unto thee this night, surely the River of My Spirit is flowing even in the midst of thee, saith God. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, do not be weary.

For yea, the Lord would say unto thee, if you would flow even now with My Anointing, I will lift you higher, saith the Lord. I will refresh you. I will renew your strength, saith God. I will lift you into the realms of the heavenlies. I will visit you with the depths of My Spirit, saith the Lord.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, wade in. Wade into the water of My Spirit. Do not stand upon the shoreline and cast your gaze toward the moving of the water. Do not stand upon the banks, saith the Lord, and look in at the coolness of My Spirit as it moves.

But the Lord would say unto thee, drop your hoes. Drop all of your weight, saith the Lord. Drop the things that would bind you and keep you from wading. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, wade into the water of My Spirit.

For the Spirit of God will wash over thee, saith the Lord. And the coolness of My Spirit and Glory will be like refreshing waters and refreshing streams on hot days. Yea, I will refresh you with My Spirit and get you ready for that that I’m going to do even for you in the next few days.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I have set this hour apart. I have set this moment apart. It is Mine. This is My moment. This is My hour. This is My season. And in this very moment, I desire to refresh thee with the cool waters of My Spirit. Wade in, wade in, saith the Lord.

For yea I say unto thee, it is not a flood right in this moment, but it is for those who will step in. Step in and wade in My Spirit, for I will surely give thee a refreshing, saith the Lord.

Revealing Himself in His Fullness

August 11, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

For yea, the Lord would say unto thee in this night, in heavenly realms of Glory, even My servant John beheld Me, saith the Lord. And where was it that he saw Me? Yea, he saw Me in the midst of the Seven Golden Candlesticks.

And yea, the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, “Where am I now?” Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, “I am still in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks. What are these candlesticks?” saith the Lord. They are the churches, even the Church Ages, saith the Lord. They are My people.

And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I am still with My people. For yea, I am in the midst of thee. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, many generations have looked toward Me, and they have seen Me in part. Yea, they have seen a portion of My Glory, and they have beheld only a part of Who I Am.

But yea, the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, it is not My desire to reveal to thee only a portion. Nor is it My will to reveal unto thee only a part of Who I Am. But yea, the Lord would say unto thee, it is My desire that My Wife would behold Me in the fullness of My Glory, that she would know Me in the reality of My Person, saith God. For I am the Spirit of Truth, and I still walk in the midst of those who call me Lord.

And yea, I would say unto thee, I am walking even in the midst of thee this night. Come unto Me, saith the Lord, and lay your sin down, for I am the Deliverer, and I have already made provision for thee, saith the Lord. Lay your burden upon Me and cast your care upon Me, for I am walking even in the midst of thee by My anointing and by My Spirit.

And it is My desire to reveal Myself unto thee, saith the Lord, in the fullness, without measure, but in the completion of that which I have done in this day. For I have not sent a portion of Revelation, but yea, I would say unto thee, I have sent the complete Revelation unto thee. For I have revealed Myself unto thee, even in the Message from My Word.

And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, Behold Me. Behold Me in My Glory. Behold Me in My Power, and behold Me by the Revelation of My Word, and see if I am not the same today as I was yesterday. Prove Me, saith the Lord, and see if I cannot do even in this hour what I have done, for I am not a man that changes, nor lies, but I am the Eternal God. And yea, I am the Voice that thundered down from Mount Sinai.

And yea, I am the Pillar of Fire that led My children through the wilderness. And yea, I am the God that took My hand and rent the veil of the temple in twain. And I am the God that has appeared even as a Pillar of Fire in this generation. But I am still God, and I still have power to deliver and set captives free.

Come to Me and receive, saith the Lord, and see if I will not do even what I have done through the Ages, and more. For I have promised that in the last generation, I would do greater works.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, you are a part of that Greater-Work-Generation. For I have called thee to see Me in My fullness. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, doubt not in your heart, but prepare yourself to see the greater works of God. For I will surely cause My Word to manifest among My people around the world, and I will bring forth the Power of My creative Spoken Word.

And for one quick, short time, I will show this world that I am the God who has changed not. And even though man has diluted My Word, and even though man has adulterated My Truth, I say unto thee, I still have a people, and I still have a remnant, and I still have a Bride, who desire My fullness and the fullness of My Word.

Yea, I say unto thee in this hour, and it is to her that I will reveal all that I AM. For the Lord would say unto thee, I have already sent mighty thunderings, and I have already come with the Revelation to loose the Seals. And the Lord would say unto thee, Hear the Revelation that I have sent, for this is a blessed hour. It is the hour of manifestation.

And yea, I will manifest that which was under the Seals, and I will manifest that which was in the Thunders. For this is the hour of manifestation. Receive, saith the Lord, for this is an hour to lift up your head and look toward the Eastern Sky, for your redemption is nigh at hand, even at the door. And as I manifest My Glory, I will call in My final elected seed, and she will also know that I Am that I AM. Thus Saith the Lord.

Come Unto Me

August 23, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Who is it that is oppressed? Who is it that will lay aside everything that troubles you and enter into My praise? Come, I bade you, My children. Come unto Me. I am your friend. I am your Joy. I am your Help. I am your Deliverer. I am your Provider. I am your Healer. I am all that you have need of.

Children, can you not lay aside everything for a few moments to stay in My Presence, children? Oh children, I called you with a great calling. You’re not here by mistake.

You know in your heart that you were called. Oh children, My children. I love you. I beg you to come unto Me. Come this morning and feast upon My Word this morning. Let him who has ears to hear, hear. Let him who has eyes to see, see. Oh children, come unto Me. I love you. Come unto Me. Lay them aside. Seek the mountain peak this morning.

Oh, come unto Me this morning, and be still and know that I am your God. I have your answers, children. It cometh not by might or by power, but by Me, children. But by Me.

Look unto Me, the Author of your salvation. Oh children, look unto Me. I Am that I Am. I have not changed. All the things that I have done in the past, I am still the same, My children. I Am that I Am.

Look unto Me, look not to man, look not to yourself. Look to Me. Look to Me. Children, look to the Savior of your soul. Look down deep inside of you this morning.

What is it your heart is crying for, children? What do you want in life, children? Look, examine yourself. Look unto Me, children. Look, I say, look. Come, take My hand and sit at My feet. Let Me speak to your heart this morning, children. See, if it’s not My Spirit. For it is I who has called you. It is I, who has placed you on this earth. It is I. It is I, My children. Not you yourself. You’ve been called with a holy calling.

Hear the Voice of the Lord, your God, this morning. Come, come and sit at My feet this morning. I long to serve you this morning. I long to comfort you, I long to strengthen you. I long to meet your need.

Come unto Me, all who are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. I will give you peace, not as the world giveth. My peace is not like the world, children. Come unto Me, be still and know that I am God. Hear what the Lord would say unto you, My children. Open your ears, children. Listen with your heart and your soul.

Footprints

August 25, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

And as I turned over this way, I looked down and I saw footprints coming up that ramp. I saw them already there, not moving up the ramp. But I saw a set of footprints. And my first thought was, “Look, someone has tracked mud up that ramp in perfect footprints.” And I turned around again this way. And when I did, I felt a little tremble in my something, somewhere inside. And I turned back and saw them again. And as soon as I had seen them, they vanished. Footprints.

Footprints. My mind was stirred to that little prose, “Footprints on the Sands of Time.”

You’ll never walk this way again. You’ll never live this day again. No matter how long you live, no matter how many days you have upon planet Earth, you’ll never be able to go back and live this day again, so be careful how you’ve lived it.

It’s too late. It’s too late to be careful how you’ve lived today, but it’s not too late to be careful how you live tomorrow. It’s not too late to watch your spirit tomorrow. It’s not too late to guard your heart for tomorrow. It’s not too late to ask God to put a watch over your heart and a stay on your lips, that you would not sin against Him tomorrow. We can’t go back and relive today, oh no. But you can ask Him to give you grace to live a better tomorrow.

Gather in & Rest

August 30, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Gather in close, saith the Lord, this morning. Gather in, My children, before Me, saith the Lord, and give Me worship. For I, the Lord thy God, am in the midst of thee to uplift thee, saith the Lord. I am here to undergird thee, yea, I am here to carry your heavy burden.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, the labor of this week, and the pressures that you have known in the last few days, yea, the Lord would say unto thee, in just one moment in My Presence, I can lift thee out of the valley. In just one moment in My Presence, I can restore unto thee the joy that Satan has come to steal from your life.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, gather in under My arm and close to My bosom, saith the Lord. For I will visit thee, not only as a group, but I will visit thee individually, and I will show unto thee My manifest Presence, if you will wait upon Me with worship and praise.

For I am the Lord, and I am surely in the midst of thee to help thee, saith the Lord. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, the enemy of your soul, he sees, yea, he sees the direction that My Spirit is leading thee in, and how that I’m drawing you closer to My character, saith the Lord.

And how it is My desire to begin to birth in thee the very attributes of the Living God. And Satan despises that which is happening among you. And that’s why he fights you so hard, and that’s why he tries to turn you from the Way. That’s why he tries to attack your body, and attack your mind.

But the Lord would say unto thee, Hide in My cocoon. Hide in My cocoon, saith the Lord, and I will wrap thee about with My loving Presence. And I will restore thee and strengthen thee, and I will place a smile again upon your face, saith the Lord. And I will give you Glory, I will give you Power, I will you Anointing, as it flows from My Throne.

Rest in Me, saith the Lord, and let every man and every woman be obedient in My sight this day, and I will surely bless thee and reward thee. Before thou hast laid your head upon the pillow tonight, you will know that you have been with Me, so saith the Lord.

Unconditional Love

August 30, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

For the Lord would say unto thee this night, by this shall all men know that ye are Mine, because of your love one for another. Yea, the world knoweth not this love. For the Lord would say unto thee that those in the world can say, “I love you,” while plotting your destruction.

But the Lord would say unto thee, I have given My people a love one for another that is not a love of word, but it’s a love of deed. Yea the Lord would say unto thee, be careful to tell one another.

But yea, the Lord would remind thee, be careful to show one another. For it’s only by My love that you can love one another unconditionally. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I have loved thee in spite of thy faults. I have loved thee in spite of thy failures.

And yea the Lord would say unto thee, if you will love one another with My love, you will be able to love each other in spite of your shortcomings, in spite of your personality conflicts, in spite of everything.

Yea the Lord would say unto thee, allow My Spirit to draw thee together in love. For I say unto thee, a three-fold cord is not easily broken. Where there is a spirit of cooperation and unity, great things can be accomplished. Yea, even the great works that I promised My disciples can happen among you, saith the Lord, when you prefer one another.

And yea the Lord would say unto thee, be careful not to entertain evil or critical thoughts about one another, but purge your minds, and put aside every thought that would cause thee to walk in division. For I have called thee to be one. I have called thee to be My body.

And yea the Lord would say unto thee, though My body is many members, she functioneth as one. I will make thee one if you will allow Me to pour My love through you each other, so saith the Lord.

Thank You for that love, Lord. Thank You for that unconditional love.

Oh God, if we could only love one another like that. Jesus, Jesus. Jesus.

Forgive us, Lord, for trying to judge one another’s motives, and let us accept one another as those that You have cleansed. And what You have cleansed, let us not call it common or unclean, but let us rejoice in the work of grace that You have started in each of us. We’ll praise You forever. Hallelujah.

Positioning for Contact

August 30, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

And then, as I was standing there just a moment ago, I saw another vision. And in this vision, I saw people, like batteries being laid in a battery tray. I don’t know what that compartment is that you, what you would call that compartment on a radio or a tape player, or a camera or whatever it is. But that little tray or trough or hole that the batteries go into. How many of you know what I’m talking about?

And how many times have you and I rushed to put batteries in something and replaced the cover and turned it on, and it still didn’t work? But we knew that the batteries were good. We just bought them and we even tested them. We knew they were good. And so what did we do? We opened up the lid. We took the batteries out and we turned them over. Because there is, one end is a spring, and one end is a contact. And that battery has got a little raised up place on it.

I don’t know anything about how it works. You’ll have to ask somebody else. But it’s got a raised-up place on it. And if you turn that raised-up place toward that spring, there is no contact. But if you turn that raised-up place toward that little contact, that little metal tab, then the power…

They tell me what happens is, it’s able to flow even in, from one into the other, into the source. And I saw people like batteries, stiff like batteries. And I saw the hand of God. I’ve never thought of this. It had to be the Lord. It’s almost comical. But I saw the hand of the Lord taking people and turning them upside down. And I said, “What in the world is happening?” As people were being turned different ways.

And I looked closer and I could see. It was so that they could make the right contact. And the Lord… I believe the Lord wanted me to share that with you tonight. You’ve got the source. The power is in that battery all the time. You’ve got that power in you. Amen? The power of God is in you. The Holy Ghost is in you. But you’ve got to make the right contact in order for it to flow out, and in order for it to operate what needs to be operated. You’ve got to be in the right place.

And you know, sometimes, brother, you have to take a pocketknife, because you leave those batteries in, they start corroding. And sometimes you can just scrape off the contact. You can scrape off that corrosion, because the corrosion keeps the battery from making the right contact. But you just clean it off sometimes, with nothing between the battery and the contact. Then it will draw the power out to operate. Amen?

Why don’t we ask the Holy Ghost to come even now? I know that’s silly. I’m not going to apologize for it, though He showed it to me. Let’s ask the Holy Ghost to come right now and turn us like batteries, so that we fit in the compartment going in the right direction.

And you know, brother, sister, every battery doesn’t lay in there the same way. Some go up and some go down. God deals with some up and He deals with some down. But some of you are in the wrong position. You’re in the reverse position. And I feel like the hand of God wants to turn you, so you can make contact. Let’s ask Him to do that.

Lord, right now. It’s simple, but I’m not going to make light of what You showed me. And I could just see the hand, Your very hand, just turning people in the compartment like batteries, so that we could make right contact. I pray right now, in the Name of Jesus, that You’ll make that a revelation to somebody.

Let somebody in this place receive the Revelation of what that means, that You would turn us, Lord. So that we could be in the right place, in the right position, to make the right contact with Thee right now. In the Name of Jesus. Holy, holy, holy. Let’s praise Him for that.

God Giving the Victory

August 30, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

The Lord just showed me something in a vision. I already had a vision on my way to church tonight, before I got here. I told my wife about it. When I came out of the house and went around the Navigator to put the baby in, I looked there on the bark, you know, the pine bark that fills the flowerbed. And I saw a snake laying there. But not in the natural, but in the spiritual.

And I turned and put the baby, in the natural, in the vehicle and shut the door. But I didn’t really do that. I just thought I did. That’s what the vision was playing out. And I reached right down and took a hold of that snake and held it up. About this high in the air.

And when I did, its head was to the bottom instead of to the top. And its head was curling. How many of you have ever held a snake? I have. And you know, they’ve got unusual strength to maneuver. Do you see what I’m saying? I was holding it like this. Its head was hanging down. But yet it had strength to curl up under. Do you see what I’m saying?

And its head was curling up under my elbow like this, to try to strike me. And when it did, I just gave it one shook, one shake. Excuse me. One shook… I just gave it one shake like that, and this word came out of my mouth, “Victory!”

And I told my wife, I said, “God’s going to give us victory over something.” I don’t know what it is. I don’t care. But it’s something we need victory over. Whatever it is, I believe that.

Deliverance for the Cold & Indifferent

September 6, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

The Lord said, “There’s deliverance coming for the cold and the indifferent.” The Lord said, “Claim those that you know and love, that you’ve seen growing cold and indifferent. Claim them right now.”

Quietly, in your spirit, call their name to the Lord. Get them under that banner. Get them under that anointing. Get them under that promise, by calling their name to the Lord, right, quietly, where you are. The cold and the indifferent, even the backslider, the lukewarm.

Shuttle Explosion Nearing

September 6, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

And I hear the Spirit saying, “I’ve tried to warn the space program. I’ve tried to warn them.” Even recently, their little rockets, satellite probes they’ve been sending up have been exploding at the cost of a billion dollars.

The Lord has already spoken some years ago here and said that we would see again a loss of lives in the air, as we have seen already with the space shuttle. God said, “I’ve been trying to warn them to vent their attention in some other direction. They’ll not be stopped, they’ll not be conquered, they’ll not be slowed down. They’re planning, even now, the way to put people living in the universe, in the atmosphere. They’ll never be stopped till God brings judgment.

God said, “I’ve tried to warn them by letting their little computers explode, sending their little rockets down. But if they continue… And of course, they will. The Word of the Lord will surely come to pass. I feel the soon, the swiftness, the nearness of His Word.

Keep a Pure & Clean Mind

September 6, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

The Lord said to whosoever would guard their spirit, watching their attitude and even the thoughts of their mind, God said, “I will use you. Keep your mind pure and clean before Me. Keep bitterness and criticism, hardness, out of your spirit, so that I could use you to speak through you,” the Lord would say.

Oh Jesus, we want to be used. We want to be used. Once more, stretch your hand to Him. Tell Him, “Lord, I want to be used.” Bless Your Name.

“Holy ground, we’re standing on holy ground…”

Is it too much to ask you to reverence God?

“Standing on holy ground…”

Cloud in Shape of Mushroom (Nuclear Bomb)

September 6, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

Fear strikes my heart for this world. I see in the Spirit a cloud rising up in the shape of a mushroom. And the only thing I can think of that it reminds me of is the pictures that we have seen of the mushroom cloud over Japan from nuclear bomb.

And I see the smoke rising up and forming over, rolling over like a cloud of poison gas. And I hear a Voice speaking, “A fallout.” And how that the wind will carry the poison, that it would spread even farther than what the minds of men have designed it to do, as this poison gas is released into the atmosphere in the East.

We’re praying now that God will have mercy. Yes, Jesus. Have mercy, Lord, on those who will see it firsthand. We will probably see it on CNN. We will probably see it in our newspaper, but there are many hundreds and thousands of people who will see it with their own eyes. May God have mercy. May You reach the lost, oh Lord. Even by angels, if it be necessary.

Lighthouse to Surrounding Area

September 6, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see a Lighthouse standing on this piece of property. I know it’s spiritual. I see on the side of it, a big, bold cross. And I see the Light at the top, as it circles out across Lee County. I see underneath the Lighthouse, even around this piece of ground, I see the map of Lee County, and I hear the Spirit of the Lord saying, “Lee County. Opelika, Auburn, even Dadeville, Alex City. Even over toward Tuskegee, which may be in another County.

I see the Light of the Lighthouse shining, that’s raised up from this place. The Lord said, “From this place, I’m going to reach out a Light to bring salvation and deliverance. (Hallelujah.)

Thank You for the Lighthouse. (Tongues) Wait on the Lord with me. Thank You, Father.

Prison Riot

September 6, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see a riot in a prison somewhere. I cannot tell where, but I see that the skin of the guards is dark skin. And I see that it’s a serious riot, and I see bodies falling all over this prison compound. I’m thinking, over a dozen, because I see bodies dropping all around and I’m thinking, “Maybe over a dozen will not live.”

But I cannot tell how serious. It is a revolt of prisoners, and it happens from time to time. But usually not with great loss of lives. But I see it happening very soon. God have mercy.

Terrorism Coming to North America

September 6, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

The world is getting out of hand, and if the church is going to win the lost, she’d better do it quickly.

Do you remember, in the ‘70’s and the ‘80’s, where everybody was afraid when they talked about that button? Remember how they talked about the button that somebody was going to press one day.

Let me tell you something. That’s so outdated. Nobody has to press a button. It’s so much more dangerous than that. At least, in that hour the button was in the hands of trustworthy men. But in this hour, the warfare, the weapons of this world and the, and the terrible methods of destruction are in the hands of Ishmael’s seed. Wild men, who have no morals and who have no concern, and death does not phase them because the highest honor in their religion is to die for their god. And now it’s in their hands.

I see in the Spirit terrorism like the world has never known before. And I see that even in the next year, we will see it again on the shores of America, as we have seen already, destruction as it was in the World Trade Center. And even though they have charged American men with the bombing in Oklahoma City, that’s still an act of terrorism.

And I see, within the coming year, the same kind of terrorism. Not overseas, but in North America. Even in America. May God have mercy on those who are involved.

How many of you saw the pictures of firemen holding little children, when Oklahoma City was bombed? We’ll never understand the things that are happening around us, but God’s got a bomb shelter. Are you interested? God’s got a hiding place. Are you interested?

You know, they came through Alabama forty years ago, thirty years ago, twenty years ago, trying to sell bomb-shelters, you know. Dig them out and put them in your yard. They’d dig them out and put them in your yard, so that you could go and hide from nuclear fallout.

But there’s a greater bomb shelter than that. It’s in the Name of Jesus Christ. For the Bible said, “The Name of the Lord is a strong tower, and the righteous run into it and are safe.”

Donated Time to Church Building

September 6, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see men coming to donate their time and their resources, once the ground is broken for the new building. God said, I’m going to give you favor with people that you don’t even know. Don’t worry. It’ll cross denominational barriers. It won’t just be acquaintances, but it’ll be people you don’t even know how they got the word.

But the Lord said, He would even cause business people to speak among themselves about what’s going on, the building. And they will just come and say, I would like to have a part.

The Lord said, some of your loves ones, who have businesses and means and skills and labor, will come and work, giving of themselves and their resources to bring the vision to pass. I see stone-work, and I see landscaping, and I see all kinds being accomplished by those who don’t know the Lord the way that we have known Him. I praise Him for it.

Scandals in Next Presidency

September 6, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

I was reading some prophecies God’s given in this place, the other day. And it made me very un-anxious to get rid of the President we have now, although he’s very sad. Because we had a Word from the Lord that said, “The White House would be full of scandal in the next Presidency.” The next man who fills the office will be full of scandals. Don’t you know it’s going to be that way right on out? Doesn’t take a prophetic gift to see it’s going to be full of scandal from here on out.

We have set, the precedent has been set this time and forevermore. Right on out, it’s going to be this way. But one day, Jesus is coming for His people. He’s going to take us to live with Him. Oh, at a period of time, foreordained of God, He’s going to come back with the armies of heaven with Him, to set up His millennial reign, establish a Government and a Kingdom that shall never pass away. You’d better be ready to meet Him.

We praise You, Father. We praise You.

Closer Than Ever Before

September 18, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Betty Omilian

I Am, the Lord, would speak unto you. I walk these aisles, as I have never walked them before. I am closer than I have ever been before. Look unto Me, My people, Look unto Me.

I Am the Same God

September 18, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

For I say unto you, I am the same God who spoke the worlds into being, children. I am the same God who breathes breath into man’s nostrils. Children, I am the same God. I am the same God that walked with prophets of old. I am the same God who walked by the Sea of Galilee. I am the same God who did miracles in the days when I was here in My flesh.

I am the same God who walked with Paul and all the other children. I am the same. I’m the same. I’m the same. Get a Revelation, children. I’m the same. I’m the same. I say to you, I Am. I AM that I AM. I am the same. There’s nothing too hard for me, children. What are miracles to Me? Oh children, recognize your God. Recognize the Presence of Your God among you tonight. The God who picked you out of the gutter, the God who saved your soul from a wretched hell.

Oh children, recognize your God tonight. The God who walks among you, the God who picks you up. The God who loves you, I have loved you with a greater love than you could ever comprehend. Children, I love you. I say, I love you with a great love, children. Oh, if you could only understand what kind of love I’ve loved you with.

Oh, children, I love you. I say to you, I love you. I love you. I hold you in the palms of My hand. There’s nothing that goes on in your life that I don’t see. Children. There’s nothing hid. There’s nothing that you go through that I don’t know about, children. Your tears are My tears. When you hurt, I hurt. Oh children, I AM still the same healing Jesus. I am still the same delivering Jesus. I say to you tonight, I AM, I AM, I AM. I am the same God that walks on …OH children, recognize your God. Recognize Him tonight, the God who loves you, the God who wants to meet you at the point of your needs.

Tonight. Not tomorrow, tonight. If you will only reach out in faith, children. Faith. You can’t please Me without Faith, children. Reach out to the God that loves you. Reach out, children. Rest upon My bosom. Come and find Rest… For you laborers, all ye that are heavy laden, come and rest. Let not your heart be troubled with the…. things of this wicked world.

Oh children, let your eyes feast upon Me tonight. Oh, look to me tonight, children. Close out the world, close out your problems. Close out everything that would so easily beset you. I say to you, look to Me, children, for I love you. I’m reaching out to you.

Oh children, let your eyes see with the eyes of faith. My hand is outstretched to you tonight. My hand wants to bless you tonight. My hand wants to rest upon your head. Oh children, I love you. Come unto Me, I say, come unto Me. For the Rivers of Life are flowing, they’re flowing for My children. Oh, and I love you. I say to you, I love you.

Enter In

September 18, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Oh my children, stand not back idle. Let your hearts enter in tonight to receive what I have for you. For I have prepared a table for you tonight, children. And let not your heart fear. Believe thou the Lord thy God.

Yea, many are principalities and powers and troubles of this world. But let not your heart be troubled. For greater is He that is in you, than he that is in the world. For it’s not by might, it’s not by power, but by My Spirit, My children.

Put ye on the whole armor of God. Withstand in the day that you’re living in. Withstand the enemy of your soul, who seeks to devour you, children. Recognize you are in a spiritual warfare. …anoint your eyes that you might see.

Oh children, this is the greatest time that has ever been. Oh children, enter in this night. Enter in. Don’t just stand back and watch the others. Enter in. I say to you, yield yourself to Me. For I have the best thing for you, that you cannot contain. Oh children, enter in. I say to you, yield yourself to Me, and enter in.

The Anointing Is Flowing from the Head

September 18, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

Yea, from behold, My Spirit would say unto thee in this hour. My children, you have heard the Words, you have heard the teaching, you have heard the instruction. And the Lord would say unto thee, “It’s time. It’s for you to practice that which you have heard.” But even greater than that, it’s the hour for you to experience that which you have heard.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, experience My Glory. Know My touch. Sense and know My anointing, saith the Lord, and let Me cover thee. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, even as Christ is the Head, and yea, ye are the Body, saith the Lord, knowest thou not that the anointing comes from the Head?

Yea, have I not spoken in My Word and said, that the fellowship of the saints and of believers is like the precious ointment that ran down from Aaron’s head, even upon his beard into the cloaks of his garment. Knowest thou not that every prophet anointed a king upon his head? Knowest thou not that every man chosen of the Lord was anointed first upon the head?

Yea, I am the Head, saith the Lord. For I Am Christ, the Head of the Church, and ye are My Body and My members. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, the anointing flows from the Head first.

And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, the anointing is flowing even in this hour from the Head. And when it has flowed from the Head, saith the Lord, it will flow down to the uttermost parts of the body. Receive the anointing that is flowing from the Head of Christ. For I Am the Spirit of Truth, and I say unto thee, it is time for you to experience My Glory. It is time for you to know that You have been in My Presence.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, it is no longer enough to see others. It’s no longer enough to hear others’ testimonies and reports. But the Lord would say unto thee, the invitation is inscribed with your name, and I invite you to know Me, saith the Lord. I invite you to know Me even in the secret chamber of My Spirit.

Come, saith the Lord, and experience and know Me. For I have chosen you. And yea, the Lord doth desire even in this hour to reveal Myself unto thee. Come and experience Me. Come and know My Glory, for this is an appointed hour unto you. So saith the Lord.

Yoke of the Lord

September 21, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

I just heard the Spirit of the Lord say, I’m getting ready to slip My harness on some people around here. You’ve never wore the harness of the Lord. You wore a harness of this and that. But I’m getting ready to place My yoke upon you.

And the Lord said, “You’re going to pull My cart. You’re going to pull My load. You’re going to accomplish My work. You’re going to service My fields.” And the Lord said, “The difference in My yoke and the yoke you have worn is, ‘My Yoke is easy and My burden is light.'”

And the Lord said, “You’re not struggling tonight because of His yoke or His calling on your life. You’re struggling because you’re having a hard time getting loose of the others yokes, and taking off the other things that have bound you.”

But the Lord said, “I’ll give you strength to shake off those yokes and those weights, that have so easily beset you, and I will get you ready to receive the yoke of the Lord.”

Gifts of Deliverance

September 21, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

And God’s going to use men right here in this place, to have the authority to plead the blood. And God said, “I’m going to train people in the avenues of deliverance. I’m going to train people in the avenues of deliverance.” There’s not going to be just one deliverance, but God said, “I’m going to let many deliverance gifts be manifested in this place, like tributaries. And they’ll all feel the River.”

These tributaries of deliverance will all pool into that one River of Deliverance, that God has put here. Amen. I receive it, Lord. I receive it, Lord. I receive it, Lord.

And I hear the Lord saying now, that the banks of the River are enlarging in this house, that the current of the River is flowing swiftly tonight, and it’s taking the banks of the River down. I can see it. Thank You, Lord. Thank You, Jesus. Thank You, Holy Ghost.

I see the banks of the River crumbling. How many of you know what I’m talking about? I see the banks of the River crumbling in and rolling in the River. And the Water’s taking the banks down. Hallelujah. Hallelujah.

Men with Deliverance for Those Bound by Spirits of this World

September 21, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see some brothers with a pair of shears, with a big pair of scissors. And the scissors are so big, that I see three or four men holding on to the scissors. They’re so big, and they’re cutting off the hair of a man. There is a man with long hair down to his waist. And I see three or four, there’s four brothers, holding on to a big pair of scissors and they’re cutting off this huge mop of long hair on this man. It’s way down to his waist.

And the Lord said, “I’m going to use these men, and they’re going to have deliverance in dealing with people that are bound by wrong spirits, by the spirits of the world, by the spirits of perversion, and the spirits of addiction.”

The Sword of the Lord Breaking Yokes

September 21, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Chad Jernigan

I want to thank the Lord for what He’s done. Thank Him for using Sister Carmen to minister to me this evening. She said something about, “The Lord said, it was my turn to take the sword, and that He’d been standing around me with the Sword of the Lord for a long time. And now it was my turn to take it.”

As I was laying here, the Lord started dealing with me, and I saw myself. From the side, I saw myself and someone else standing there. And I saw Him handing me a sword. And I reached out and grabbed the sword. And the next thing, I was riding up, just like in the days of the knights or something, I rode up on a horse. And as I topped this hill, I saw a valley full of people. They were kind of slumped over like this, with yokes on their shoulders. Hands were through the yokes like this.

And as I pulled up there with my sword, the yokes broke. And then I saw myself leaving, with an army behind me, full of people. And I thank the Lord for that this evening.

Brother Shelley:

People will try to intimidate you if you see yourself doing anything for God. And then you tell it, they’ll try to intimidate you. For instance, what Brother Chad told tonight, people would try to intimidate you and say, “Well, you think you’re somebody.” But if you’re going to have a ministry, you need a vision of what that ministry is. There is nothing wrong with having a vision of what God called you to do, and knowing what your purpose is.

And if you can never know it, you’re far, far ahead of ninety per cent of Christian people, because they’re searching diligently, many people, to know what God wants them to do.

So if God ever shows you, don’t be intimidated by man. You don’t have to be puffed up about it, but don’t be intimidated by man to be what God called you to be. He’s got to have somebody to loose yokes. He’s got to have somebody to lay hands on the blind. Doesn’t He? Why couldn’t it be you?

At the Noise of Thy Waterspout

September 21, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see right now a waterspout. I see a waterspout out over a body of water. It comes by wind, and the wind is turning around like a tornado upon the water, and as the wind is moving quickly, it’s sucking up the water. And the water is beginning to spin around in a waterspout. And I hear the Spirit say, “The deep calling to the deep, at the noise of thy waterspouts.”

So I challenge you now to yield to the deep calling of God, and to the wooing of His anointing. Every one of you, yield to that and tell the Lord, “I’m going to be obedient. I’m going to keep my mind on the service.”

I feel like the Lord is telling me, our greatest hindrance here is keeping our mind on the service. So many times, every time we come together, the devil is trying to rob our thoughts, and we’re thinking about so many different things. And sometimes it is so many people thinking about other things, that the anointing just lifts out of here.

But God said, “I’m going to raise up some intercessors tonight. I’m going to raise up some intercessors tonight, that will keep the anointing.” I don’t care what other people are doing, those intercessors will keep praying and keep praising, and keep flowing throughout the entire service, so that the anointing is hanging low. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah.

Eyes of the Lord

September 21, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see deep, beautiful eyes, beautiful pair of eyes. I can tell that they’re masculine eyes. And I see them in the Spirit, and I hear a Voice saying, “The eyes of the Lord. I will cause some of you to see even with the eyes of the Lord. And you will see things in the Spirit, as the Lord sees them. And it will bring deliverance to those who are under that unction from the Lord.” Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Hallelujah.

Asia Awakening

September 21, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I hear the Spirit saying, “Pray for Asia. Pray for Asia. Because, even as a natural shaking would come their way, it will be a great symbol in the Spirit of a spiritual shaking, that will wake Asia. And the Lord would say tonight, that the Message of the Hour, and the anointing and the Spirit behind it will shake Asia.

I see Japan and China shaking under the power of the Holy Ghost. I see the River of God flowing over the wall of China. I see the River of God flowing down the mountain. And instead of flowing along the wall of China, I see the River gushing over. I see the… (Tongues) Somebody praise the Lord with me right now.

I see the River of God flowing over the River over the wall of China. And God said, “That’s going to be, that Asia Awakening is the last national awakening.”

And so, every nation had better get in the flow of God now, because when God completes His work in Asia, that’s it. The Message has gone all the way around the world then, and it’s back to the East, where it has started. Oh yes. Oh yes. Thank You, Lord. May we have a part. (Tongues) Are you with me? You still here. Hallelujah. (Tongues)

Brother Greeley, go touch some of these people. You don’t have to touch all of them, but go touch them. Go start with the brothers, because they’re the ones that need it. Oh yes. Let’s praise the Lord in this House right now. All over the House, let’s praise Him. Don’t anybody get out of the Spirit. Stay right in the Spirit. If you’re not in the Spirit, get in the Spirit. Huh?

Oh, I still see that. I still see that River going over the wall of China. Oh hallelujah. Oh, if anybody believes it, God can speak to us. I want you to praise Him with a loud voice right now, and I want you to lift up your antennae to receive from Him. Don’t let these words just pass you by as casual things, but oh, let God anoint you right now, that you might have words of wisdom. Let God anoint you, that you might pray the right prayer, to forward the Gospel, to push the things of God farther, and not be a hindrance to the flow. (Tongues)

You Must Climb

September 23, 1998 (Wednesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

…I say unto you tonight, you must climb. Verily I say unto you, you must climb. You must press. You must lay aside your differences. You must lay aside what you don’t like about yourselves, sister or brother. You must take up your cross and follow me. You must love one another. You must, children. By this shall the world know that you belong to me. You must love one another.

Lay aside everything that so easily besets you. Just run this race with patience. Realize the day your living in. Realize the warfare. Children, don’t walk blindly. It’s not like you haven’t been told. Children, put on the whole armor of the living God. Walk in My way. You must walk in forgiveness, children. You must. You must. You must love one another. You must. By love will there be unity. When unity, there’s strength. Children, I say, you must love one another.

Take up your cross. Follow me. Yea, I say the way is not easy. But I say unto you, He that love me deny himself, take up your cross and follow me. For verily you will be rewarded, children… [Unclear audio]

Mine eyes have seen, children. There’s nothing hid that I have not seen, my children [Unclear audio] Lay your burdens at my feet. Take up my yoke for my yoke is easier, my burden is light. Look up to me this night, my children. Look unto me this night, my children.

Stars Scattered Across the Sky

September 23, 1998 (Wednesday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

He showed me in the sawdust, last night, that He’s not through with this place. Blessed be the name of the Lord. Ha, ha, ha… Will you all please smile at me when I laugh. Some of them won’t even smile. They just look like, “Bless his heart. He’s trying to make something happen.” I can’t help what I feel. I knew I better not speak too much about it, but I’ll tell you this. I’ll tell you one, one portion.

I felt the Lord pull me in the Spirit, like a vacuum. How many of you have ever put your hand over the hose on a vacuum cleaner? You’ve felt that suction. You had to break it away. I felt that suction, like a vacuum, and I saw myself spinning in the atmosphere like doing summersaults and things like that, spinning, as I was being sucked up in this vacuum-like of air.

And all I could see for a few minutes was light, spinning around. But as I began to feel a floating feeling, and every now and then it would be a sinking feeling. Like, how many of you have been lying in the bed at night and had that falling feeling. Has that ever happened to people? You have that falling feeling. You catch yourself even in the night. I kept feeling that. I like that. If you know anything about me, you’ll know I like that sensation. That’s why I like roller coasters, because I like that falling sensation like that.

And I kept feeling that. And I was really engrossed in that being carried away. And I, all of a sudden those lights began to get closer and brighter, and I began to recognize that they were stars. I recognized what I was seeing. And I began to recognize a constellation, off to the right, that I have seen many times from my yard. And I began to recognize what looked like pictures I have seen of the Milky Way.

And I realized that I was somewhere, in the Spirit, above this realm, in the universe, and I was even able to look out and see the stars as they were scattered across the sky, before God opened up this beautiful picture to me of some things that I would love to share with you tonight. But I don’t think that I will just now.

But God’s moving in this place. And it is important to hear what you say and what God speaks to you, so that we know what’s on your mind. It keeps us from struggling so when we know, because we try to judge you sometimes by your face and by the way that you move, and we try to see whether you’re pulling or not by what we can see, instead of what we feel. And so when we see you obeying God…

Daniel, when he anointed me and prayed for me last night, I tell you I felt the… I told my mother today, “I felt the presence of the Lord come over me in such a way, I could feel myself being caught away, before I ever, I think before I ever fell. I didn’t even know I was going to fall. I could just feel myself moving over like that, and I thought, for a second I thought, “I’m just going to lean over and prop my head on his shoulder,” and then I came to in the sky somewhere.

But when he was praying for us, the Lord showed him a vision, a little vision, and he wrote it down, and he handed it to us as we left last night, to read that. And on the way home I turned on the light and read it, and I gave it to my wife and she read it. It was about both of us.

And we knew that the Lord had given it. We knew that it was God. It confirmed things that had happened, and it confirmed things that were going to happen. And we knew that God was in it. And I’m so proud, and so grateful that God used Daniel in that manner in that service, and showed him that. And it wasn’t something that he could have just observed. It wasn’t something he could have picked up on or detected. It was something that God had to reveal.

My Children Will Be the Signs & Wonders

September 27, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Take heed, saith the Lord, and know that I have gathered thee even in this service tonight to speak to thee. Be careful how you hear, saith the Lord. For yea, I would say unto thee, I will give thee tonight some keys. And yea, I will give thee some things in this hour, even to map the strategy for that which is ahead.

And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, “Do not look to the right or the left. I know, with the eyes of your natural flesh you see some falling cold. You see some falling discouraged, some becoming even rebellious in their heart.”

But yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, “Do not look upon them. Lay them before Me upon the altar,” said God. “But put your eyes upon Me, for I have not failed, neither slumber nor sleep. Neither has My foot slipped, or My Word failed to come to pass. For I AM the Living God, and I walk in the midst of My people this night.”

Yea, I the Lord thy God, would say unto thee, I have called thee with a holy calling, and I have placed upon thee a high and a holy calling, saith the Lord. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, Surrender. Yea, surrender this night, for I am about to bring thee forth, saith the Lord, into the ministry that I have called thee for. Yea, all the days of thy life, saith the Lord, you’ve been preparing. And yea, I am about to launch, saith the Lord, a great time of harvest for the entire world.

For I AM God, and I have thought it so. I have thought it so, and I have planned it so, saith the Lord. And I have chosen thee even as a spoke upon the wheel. Yea, I have chosen thee as one of the spokes, saith the Lord, that will bind the wheel together. When the wheel is bound together with every ordered anointed spoke, I will cause it to roll forward, saith the Lord. Yea, it will roll. Yea, it will roll. Yea, it will roll, roll in My Anointing and go forth in My Power, and in demonstration, saith God.

For yea, the Lord would say unto thee, “Your eyes have never seen, nor hath it even entered into your imagination, the things that I will do,” saith the Lord. Some have said, signs and wonders. Some have said, that there are people who seek after signs and wonders, and it is so.

But yea, the Lord would say unto thee in these last days, I will make thee, My children, signs. And I will make thee, My children, wonders. And oh, I will manifest Myself in such a way in your life, that it will cause others to look upon thee as signs. And it will cause others to look upon thee as wonders. Prepare thy heart even this night, saith God.

For the Lord would say, Strongholds will fall in this place, as My Word goeth forth in this hour. For I have ordained this meeting tonight, and no devil in hell, no demon power, no principality will be able to stop the Vision.

For the Lord would say unto thee, I will impregnate My Vision into thee, saith the Lord. He who would receive, I will impregnate thee with heavenly Vision even in this service tonight. And you will go forth to travail and to bring forth the Vision that I have placed within the womb of thy spirit. Be ready, saith the Lord, for it is a serious responsibility to carry Life in your womb. And the Lord would say unto thee this night, I placed My Word and it is Life, into the womb of thy spirit.

Be careful how you hear, and be careful how you care for it. For the Lord would say unto thee, in due time and in the right season, you will bring forth, and the child will be the Word Child. For I am the Lord, thy God, and I will walk again and be manifested in this wicked world.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, the world will not fail away in oblivion, for I will raise up a people, saith the Lord, that will shout the “high praises” of The King, and will go out of here in a blaze of My Glory and Power, while the rest of the world falls, saith God, into insanity, My people will be strong. They will know their God. They will do exploits. They will not bend or bow, saith the Lord, but they shall walk in Power and in Authority. So saith the Lord.

Look to the Lord Your God

September 27, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

…I say unto you, look unto Me. Behold ye the Lord, your God. Let your eyes focus upon me this morning, children. I am here to meet you at the point of your need. Look unto Me. Have your faith in the Living God. The God who still lives, the God who is the Great I AM. The God who is the same yesterday, today and forever.

I say unto you, look unto Me. Behold ye the hand of the Lord, your God. Stand still and see the salvation of your God, the God who desires to deliver you. The God who desires to encourage you. The God who desires to heal your body, the God who desires to deliver you, oh children, I say unto you this morning, look unto your Savior, the Savior of your soul.

I say unto you, look unto Me, for I am here with you. Let not your hearts be discouraged, let them not be in despair. Look to Me, look to the Lord your God.

Listen to My Voice

September 27, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

…looking to My servant, behold My servant, he is whom I have chosen. I have chosen this vessel. I have chosen this day, children. It is under My control. Hear ye the Voice of the living God. It is under My control. Hear My Voice this very morning, children. Looking to Me, be ye still and listen to what I must say this morning.

Let your heart be pricked, Listen, children, listen. Let your ears be anointed to listen. Let your heart be anointed to receive, what the Lord your God would say. Listen. Behold, listen. Listen to what I have to say this morning. Take it inside of you and let it live.

Day of Visitation is at Hand

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Prophesy to the north, and prophesy to the south, and prophesy to the east and the west, “The day of the visitation of the Lord is at hand. And I will revive my own,’’ saith the Lord.

“I will pick them out of the dust. I will shake them,” said God. “I will clean them with My holy anointing, and purify their hearts if they will call upon Me. For the hour of moving, and the hour of going, and the hour of sowing and reaping again is at hand,” so saith the Lord.

Prayer for Astronauts

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prayer given by Brother Greeley

I believe tonight that we need to intercede on behalf of the astronauts that are going to be sent up in the air before the end of this month. I don’t remember the exact date. But I know that the hand of God’s judgment is upon Nassau, and we must intercede on behalf of those that are going up, that somehow that their lives would be ready to meet God.

Should this be the one, I don’t remember all the details, but I know that God is not going to share His Glory with another. Would you pray with me right now with me?

Father, on behalf of these men that are going into the air to go on behalf of this experiment. God, I pray for their mercy, that somehow God, that they would be ready to meet You.

God, I ask You right now that You would move in their behalf, and somehow, God, even if it’s on their bed that they would find rest and peace in the Glory of the Lord, and that they would be ready to meet their Maker at what hour You call. In the Name of Jesus Christ. I pray, Father, that You would move, oh Lord. Your perfect will be accomplished, in the Name of Jesus Christ.

Anyone else like to share?

Shaking of the Spirit in Oklahoma City

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Something is getting ready to happen in Oklahoma City. A shaking of the Spirit of the Lord. Hahaha. Oh hallelujah. Thank God.

Footsteps of God

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Betty Omilian

…Doest thou walk through the mall? Doest thou go anywhere? I say unto you, there’s that you passed by; that you could pass by, that you could drive by. Here and there, there’s a hungry heart that cries out to Me.

Ask ye of the Lord to guide your footsteps, to guide you in everything. Cry ye unto the Lord for those that… that cry unto me. Ask ye of the Lord… footsteps of God, that I might speak to the hungry heart.

Midnight Hour

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Let it sink into your spirit and into your soul, “Midnight hour, midnight hour, midnight hour.” Hear ye the Word of the Lord, midnight hour.

Be Sensitive to My Voice

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

For the Lord, your God, sees these battles that you’re going through. You are not standing alone. For I say to you, you’re not standing alone. For I am with you. Do not fear. Do not let your heart be afraid. Put on My whole armor. Do as I have instructed you, for you shall be strong if you’ll look to Me and obey Me.

Be sensitive to the Voice of My Spirit. I say, be sensitive. Be still and know your God. Learn to know My Voice. Learn to know it. You must know it in this hour, children. You must take this time seriously. This is not a playground. This is a warfare.

You must open your eyes, children, and recognize it and realize it. Store My Word into your heart. Pray always. Pray, children, pray… I say to you, pray. For your God hears. Your God still answers prayer. I’m still on the Throne. Yes… to and fro. He does. But I am still God. Know ye that I am still God.

Prepare Yourself

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

For I say to you, that the harvest is white, and the laborers be few.

Who is he that will say, “Send me, Lord. I will go, Lord. I will lay it all down, Lord. I will do as You bade me, Lord.” Who is he this night, who will lay himself down upon My altar of sacrifice? Who is he who would be willing to sacrifice himself and all that he is, and all that he has for My sake.

Who is he this night? Who is he? Who will have a vision? Who will have eyes to see? Who will have ears to hear? Listen My children, My children, My Bride, My Bride, I must reach My Bride.

I say to you, the time is short. Prepare yourself. Prepare yourself. Prepare yourself.

Revival in Washington, DC

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy & Vision given to Brother Shelley

As we heard of Toronto, and we have heard of Pensacola, and we have heard of Smithton, how God is pouring His Spirit out. But I prophesy to you in the Name of the Lord, that God is going to send a Revival to a church in Washington, DC, that will shake the nation. I see it happening now in the Spirit. The same kinds of reports that you hear out of Pensacola, you will soon hear out of Washington, DC.

Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Oh, thank You, Jesus. Oh, that thrills my soul. If there has ever been a place that needed awakening, it’s that wicked place. As goeth the leaders, so goeth the nation. May God have mercy.

House of Deliverance in Jamaica, Trinidad, & Tobago

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

For Jamaica, for Trinidad, for Tobago. Hallelujah. Oh yes. A House of Deliverance shall be raised up in these places. God said, “I’ve got a Bride. I’ve got a people scattered that you know not of, and I will raise up a House of Deliverance for a quick work.”

Worship God with me. I worship You, Lord. You are so mighty. Hallelujah. I pray for these places. I pray for men that You are going to use. Oh Lord, we may never have a part in it. It may not be for us, but oh God, I pray for those that it will touch, for it’s truly from Your hand.

Be Not Weary in Well-Doing

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Helen Burgess & Interpretation given through Sister Omilian, & Sister Beverly Skipworth

Sister Omilian:

There is a finger held up high this night, saith the Lord.

Sister Beverly Skipworth:

Oh, My children, be not weary in well-doing. I say to you, be not weary in well-doing. Look to Me. Look to the God, the Author of your salvation.

For in Me you shall find Rest. For I shall send you a fresh, a fresh, a new refreshing… I’ll say to you, look to Me, look the Author of your salvation. For I am still the same. I am still able to meet your need. Don’t doubt Me. Look to Me and I’ll meet your need…

Airplanes Trespassing Air-Space

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

A few moments ago, when the Presence of the Lord was moving, I saw several things that I don’t understand. But I know the Lord does. So we’ll just share them with you for you to watch and to hold on to, and to pray for those people who might be involved.

I saw two airplanes, and I knew that they were crossing over into air space that they weren’t allowed to be in. And I saw them being fired upon from the ground.

America Involved in Air-Attack

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

And then, another scene. I saw several airplanes come swooping in. I don’t know if it was the same place or not. I couldn’t say. But a real massive air attack was going on, and I saw missiles being launched, like fiery darts, coming from these airplanes upon the ground.

And I would say that in the very near future, we will see America involved in something like that. We pray for the mercies of God.

Jetliner Explosion

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

And I saw a commercial jetliner again. For maybe the fourth or fifth time I’ve seen them happen. Somebody said, “Well, it just happens, whether you see it or not.”

You’re right. It just happens. But because God lets us see it ahead of time, we pray for mercy for those who have no chance of survival. I saw it go up like a bomb, terrible explosion. And I saw the pieces scattered.

Earthquake in Alaska

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see a rumbling of the ground, a shaking of the, of the sub-structure of the earth. And it’s a cold climate. I believe it’s Alaska. I believe Alaska is getting ready to experience another serious earthquake. May God have mercy. Thank You, Jesus.

Would you join in prayer with me now for all of those who could be affected by any of these things? God doesn’t show them for entertainment. He shows them so His people would pray for the innocent.

Oh Jesus, (Tongues) We pray, oh God, for each one of these scenes, although we know not the interpretation. Have mercy, Lord.

Important Man Shot

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I saw a man in a suit and tie in a white shirt, in a crowd of people, which makes me think he’s important. I saw him standing, conversing and talking. I could only see the back of his head, not his face. And I saw that his hair was a brown color, but light, lighter, with lighter highlights, or not as dark, quite as dark brown as mine. And I saw he was a fairly slender man. Not skinny, but maybe we should say average size. Not in any way large.

And I saw a man, rather skinny, rather extra-slim, not as well-dressed, press in the crowd with a gun, and I saw that man double over. And someone grabbed him around the waist to support him, as he fell to the ground. I pray for mercy for that man, whoever he is. And he is an important man with an important job.

People Interceding for America in Washington, DC

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see people on their faces on the mall in Washington. Why is God dealing with us so? I see people on their faces. Not great multitudes, but a large crowd, prostrate on their faces on the mall.

And this time they’re not gathered for a million-man-march, it’s not homosexuals demanding their rights, and it’s not the big leaders of religion and Christianity, it’s little nobodies, little insignificants that God has called together to weep before the Lord before the Capitol.

Brother, if you don’t think God cares about America, He does. He cares about America. She may be in a wicked mess tonight, but she has done more than any nation on the face of the world to evangelize and to send forth missionaries.

And God will not forget her. He will not forget her. She has served Him faithfully by spreading the Gospel to the islands of the sea. He will prepare Himself a remnant. Hallelujah. Hallelujah. Lift your hand toward Him right now.

Impeachment Process

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

And now, even now, I see in our government. And I don’t know whether I see into the Senate or into the House of Representatives. I don’t know. But I see physical violence taking place, as these men get so angry over this impeachment process. I see them physically, hopefully not killing one another, but physically wrestling one another. What a shame. What a disgrace.

I pray that God’s will be done in this matter. We are called upon, by God’s Word, to pray for our leader. Whether we have any use for him as a man or a moral example or not, we are called upon by God’s Word to hold him before the Throne in prayer, that God’s mercy will solve this terrible situation, and yet justice will be accomplished for the good of our nation.

Three times in California in 1996, when I was there, three times I heard the words, “Impeach. Impeach. Impeach.” I came back to tell you that I heard those three words, and now that’s the very cry that we hear from the halls of justice. Amen? “Impeach.”

Some years before that, the Lord gave a Word here one night and said, “Ahab will spill his blood in his chariot, and Jezebel will lose her power.” And that could have many meanings, and we are yet to see. Aren’t we?

We don’t know what it’ll mean. But I could tell you, this is the time that it is fulfilled.

Spiritual Shaking in Washington, DC

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

I see myself standing at the Lincoln Memorial. I’ve stood there before in the natural. And I see my hands stretched out toward the reflecting pool. I can see in that pool the reflection of the Washington Monument, as it stands between the Lincoln Memorial and the Capitol Building.

And I hear a Word coming forth from the Lord, that a mighty shaking is coming. And as it has come in the natural for our government, so it will come in the spiritual. And God is already choosing the church that He is going to use for Washington.

And I hear a prophecy going forth. “They will come, this time not to mock, but they will come to receive from the hand of the Lord.” You watch it.

I only know one man in Washington, DC, that pastors a church. So I have no idea who God will use. The only man that I know of is Dr. T.L. Lawry, who pastors the National Church of God. It’s the only man I know in that city who pastors. But God knows the man.

He came. He was a powerful man of God, and he married a girl from this city. They’ve been married many years. I saw him as a young boy, cast out devils, and saw the demons leave screaming. He has a woman in his church who wrote an all-time bestseller book, Mary Baxter, “A Divine Revelation of Hell.”

But I have no idea if it be that church. It could be a little small church on the outskirts of town, could be a black church. I don’t know. But God is getting ready to stir. Hallelujah.

One More Chance for Miami

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

Oh, I see a fire kindling in Miami, Florida. God said, “I’ll give that wicked place one more chance.” (Tongues)

Visitation of the Lord in Labrador

October 11, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

And I see a visitation of the Lord in Labrador. Hallelujah. (Tongues)

Recognize Your Battle

October 13, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

…Focus your eyes upon your Savior and your Lord, the Fountain of Life. At the Name of Jesus every demon must flee. At the Name of Jesus deliverance must come. At the Name of Jesus healing must flow.

Children, look to your Lord, for I am faithful. I am the faithful God who keeps My Word. I do not lie. I am the same yesterday, today, and forever. Children, be mindful of this, I am the same. Have ye faith. Don’t doubt. Don’t doubt My Word. Hide My Word in your heart.

Remember, you are in a warfare. You’re not fighting against people. You’re fighting against principalities and powers. Children, recognize it. You must recognize it. You must, children, lest you be swallowed up in the power of your enemy, who seeks to devour whom he will.

Oh children, ask that I will anoint your eyes, that you might see. Children, ask that you might have discerning of spirits, that you might discern what’s going on around you. You must see, children, this is not a playground. You are in a warfare. You must realize this, children. Put on the whole armor of Your God. You must walk, you must walk, you must walk in My Spirit. You must be in the attitude of prayer.

Children look to Me. I am the Author of your salvation. I am the God whose right arm is stretched out. I am the God who will never fail you, children. Look to Me. Look to Me. Focus your eyes on Me.

When things come against you and seem impossible, look to Me, for I am the God of the impossible. I say to you, look to Me. Focus your eyes on Me, not on the circumstances of the things around. Look at your God, your God, your God. Focus your eyes on Me, children.

Trust in Me

October 13, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

…I will give you rest and I will give you peace. For that’s only where true peace comes, is in Me, My children. Come, My children, I speak to you to come unto Me. Come unto Me and find your rest. Come unto Me and find your strength. Come unto Me and find your peace, for I am the Peace-Giver.

I am the One who gives peace that this world cannot give. I am the One who will satisfy your soul. Nothing in this world can satisfy your soul, but Me, My children. I love you, My children. Come unto Me this night. I say, come unto Me. My hand is stretched forth to you tonight. My eyes are ever upon you, My children. Never forget, children, that My eyes are ever upon you.

I said I would never leave you. I will never forsake you. Why be ye troubled? Just look to Me. Hang on to Me, My children. Trust in Me when you cannot explain things. When you cannot understand things, just trust Me. Trust Me, children, for I will not fail you. It is I who has called you. It is I who will finish the work that I have begun in your life.

Always yield yourself to Me and be obedient to hear, for I will bless you, My children. I will bless those who walk in obedience to My Word. I will bless those who walk with a humble spirit. I love you, My children. I love you with a great love.

Be ye joined together in unity. Love one another. Lay aside everything that so easily besets you. Run this race with patience, for there is a prize, children, that you are running for. Keep that prize in the center of your thoughts, and your heart, and your spirit. Oh children, you must win this race.

I say to you, it will not be easy, but always remember, I am with you. And if your God is for you, who can be against you?

My Word

October 13, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

It is I who brings peace and deliverance to the troubled mind. It is I, My children. I am the same. I do not change, My children. I am the same as My Word. I magnify My Word above My Name.

Look ye unto My Word. Stay upon My promises. Meditate upon them. Hide My Word in your hearts. Hide My Word in your heart.

Love One Another

October 13, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Beverly Skipworth

How can you love Him whom you have not seen? Tell Me how, children, how? How do you expect to make it to the top of Mount Zion, if you do not love one another, if you’re not willing to sacrifice yourself as a living sacrifice for My altar, and let Me take everything out of your heart that’s not right, that wants to blame your brother or your sister, when it’s inside of you?

Children, I can already see exactly what’s inside of you. I am the All-seeing Eye. I see everything that’s down in the depths and intents of your heart. You cannot hide anything from Me.

You look not to the vessel that speaks, but you look to My Anointing, and listen to what I have to say. Lay yourself down upon My altar. Let Me take everything out of you that’s not right. You must, children. You must. For judgment must begin at the House of God.

Listen to My Voice tonight. If you intend on making it, you’ve got to lay yourself down upon My altar of sacrifice. You must let the Lord God operate on you, and take everything out of you, everything that is not like Me.

Children, this is the sacrifice that you must make. You must take up your cross daily and follow Me. Deny yourself, take up My cross, and follow Me. Take it up, children. Take it up.

To make it, you’ve got to love one another. You’ve got to love your sister. You’ve got to love your brother. You’ve got to love one another as you love yourself. You must love as your Master has loved, and laid down His life willingly for those whom He loved. You must, children. You must. I love you with a great love.

But I say unto you, if you intend on going forward, if you intend to be an example to the world, you’ve got to love one another. I say to you tonight; you must love one another. You must break down every barrier and every wall that holds you from loving your brother or your sister. I’m not saying to you to condone sin, but I’m saying to you to love, for love covers a multitude of sins.

I love you, My children. Draw near unto Me. Let your Father take you into His arms, and comfort you and heal your body, heal your spirit, heal the hurt and the torn places in your life. There are hurt places and there are torn places that I will heal if you will draw nigh unto Me.

I will bring peace. I will bring love and I will bring unity, for in unity there is strength. The powers of hell cannot prevail against unity.

I say to you, love one another. If you must make it, you’ve got to love one another. Let that bear in your heart, in your mind, and in your soul. Let it burn in you. You’ve got to love one another.

Ask Me, children. Ask Me. Ask Me. I will give you that love for your brother and your sister. For he of whom it is hard to love, or she of whom it is hard to love, I will give you the love if you will only ask Me. I will cause you to love one another with a love like you’ve never known before, a love that’s willing to give of himself without complaining, without murmuring, but a love that’s willing to give because they love Me.

Reach Out

October 13, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

…For whom the Son has made free is free indeed. Loose your heavy bands. Yield yourself to Me, and worship your Maker. Children, rise up in faith. Rise up in faith in My Word, for I am ready to meet you at the point of your need.

Reach out, children, Your God is here. Your God loves you. Reach out. Reach out. Reach out. My hand is extended to you, tonight. Reach out, children. Reach out. Reach out.

Lay Down Your Burdens & Enter In

October 18, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

…Come to Me this morning, children. Lay down your heavy burdens. Place them at My feet. Take My yoke, for it is easy and it is light, children. Lay them at My feet. Enter into My Courts with thanksgiving and praise to your Lord.

Your Lord who is worthy of your praise. Enter in, children. Enter in. Prepare your hearts to receive from Me this morning, children. Do not be afraid. Do not be afraid. Lift up your feeble hands. Praise Me, children. Praise Me. Enter in this morning, I say to you, enter in… For the gates of heaven are open to you this morning. Oh, My children, I long to speak to you this morning. Let your hearts be in tune with Me this morning.

I Will Revive My Own

October 18, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

Search your heart and see if there is an impurity there. I’ve searched mine. I’ve found mine. I have laid it before the Living God, and I’ve let Him clean my heart. I’ve let Him clean and purify and scrub the impurity out of my own heart, so that I could challenge you to do the same, so that we could come together in the hour of unification, and in the season of mobilization.

When God says, go out and take this generation for My Name. Prophesy to the North and prophesy to the South and prophesy to the East and the West. The Day of the Visitation of the Lord is at hand, and I will revive My own, saith the Lord.

I will pick them up out of the dust. I will shake them, saith God. I will clean them with My holy anointing and purify their hearts, if they will call upon Me. For the hour of moving and the hour of going, and the hour of sowing and reaping again is at hand. So saith the Lord.

Come Ye In

October 18, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Enter in, for there is where your souls longs to be. Enter in, children, enter in. Come ye in. I invite you tonight, come in. Come in, children, I say to you, come in. Enter into the fullness of My Joy. For I long to fulfill the longing and desire of your soul.

Yield Yourself to Me

October 18, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

…I say to you, “Be not afraid. Yield yourself to Me. I desire to use one and all, but I need a yielded and obedient vessel. I challenge you to be obedient to your Heavenly Father. When I say, “Speak,” you speak. Yield yourself to Me.

Put Your Foot in the Water

October 18, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

I challenge you, children. I challenge you to come in. Come in, come in, My children. Come in. Come in. Be dare some to enter into My Presence. Be dare some to enter into the depths of My Being. Experience the joy and the fulfillment that you’ve never experienced. There are depths I want you to experience, My children, but you must put your foot in the water. You must make the first step, children.

Come. My hand is extended to you. I say to you, come. I want you to come. Come, My children. I bade you to come this night. Bathe yourself, refresh yourself in My Presence. I shall give you the joy that your heart desires. I shall help you to stand on the level, where it matters not what happens around you, children. But you must enter in. You must enter in. You must be obedient. You must put your foot in the water.

Revival to Christian Arabs

October 18, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

I was standing in line the other day in a public place, and there was a woman who pushed ahead of me. Real pushy. And I didn’t care too much. I didn’t say too much to her. She turned around and said something, a little something to me, and I noticed she had a heavy accent. I said… I greeted her real kindly and I said, where are you from? She said, Michigan. And I know they talk funny in Michigan, Sister Tremain, but they don’t talk that funny.

And I said, Not originally. And she paused a moment. She was going to lie to me. And something wouldn’t let her lie. And I said, where are you from? She said, Bagdad. I mean, Iraq. She was going to lie to me, because she was afraid of my reaction when I heard that she was from Iraq. From that moment on, that woman has been on my mind. There was a whole busload of them, Iraqees, living in the North.

And as I was sitting on the platform earlier in the service tonight, God gave me a Word, but I didn’t think it was the appropriate time to get it. I have no idea where the heaviest concentration of Christian Arabs is. There are Christian Arabs in Jerusalem. There are a good many churches in that area of Israel, who are Arabs, but who are Christians who believe the Lord Jesus with all of their heart. I met a woman in the Philippines, who was an Arab, who had been saved and delivered. She no longer served hundreds of gods and deities, but she served the One True Living God. And she gave her testimony.

But the Lord spoke to my heart as I was sitting on the platform tonight. I don’t know where it is, but there is, there must be concentrations, populations of Christian Arabs in America. And I would say New York, probably, there’s lot of Arabs in New York, and there are probably Christians Arabs there. Wherever they are, multitude of Arabs, there will be Christian Arabs among them.

And the Lord spoke to my heart tonight, that He was going to send a Revival to Christian Arabs in America, and that He was going to send such a stirring to them, that they were going to keep their traditional garments. Some have put them away for American culture, but God said, they were going to their traditional garments and they were going back to their Arab nations, and they were going to bring a stirring and a Revival, because, God said, “Don’t you know that all of Ishmael’s seed is not lost? Don’t you know that they’re not all elected for separation?”

And yea, I, the Lord thy God, will raise up evangelists and missionaries in this nation, and I will send them to their homeland. Yea, the Lord would say, I will visit Iran, I will visit Iraq. Yea, I will visit Saudi Arabia.

Yea, I the Lord thy God, will visit many African nations and Asian countries, where there is a heavy concentration of Arab people, and I will bring many of them to their knees in repentance, and you will hear the reports that I am bringing Revival. For the Lord would say unto thee, they are not all murderers, and they are not all terrorists of destruction. But many of them, I have seen them and I have had them in My mind from the Foundation of the world.

And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, even in the future, I will bring a Christian Arab to this place, and He will encourage thee by My Word, and you will know that I have done this thing. So saith the Lord. Hallelujah. Oh yes. God said, when I have brought them to Revival in their native land, I will take their headdresses from them, and I will dress them in My Glory. What a beautiful Garment. The Glory of the Lord.

I Am Your Song

October 25, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Betty Omilian

Yea, there is a song for the saints to sing. The song of the Lamb. Sing unto the Lord. For God hath given you a song. Oh sing and tarry not. For I, the Lord, am a song in your heart. I am your song, saith the Lord. I am your song that cometh from the depths of your heart.

I Love You, My Children

October 25, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

My children, I say unto you. Let not your heart fear. For I am the Good Shepherd. He that cometh unto Me, I will in no wise cast out. I love you, My children. It is I that have called you with a Holy and a great calling. I love you, My children.

Come into My arms tonight and let Me embrace you, My children. I love you, My children. Come to Me, My children. Wade out into My Waters. I long to succor you, My children. I long to comfort you. I long to deliver you. I long to show My love for you, children.

Come unto Me all ye who are heavy laden, I will give you Rest. I will give you strength for the journey. Let not your heart fear, he who trust in Me, let not your heart fear. Take hold of My hand this night and walk with Me. For I will speak My love secrets unto you, My children.

Be ye sensitive to My voice. Hear ye the voice of the Lord God. I long to speak to you. I long to answer your questions. I long to commune with you, not only you talking to Me children, but I long to commune with you. I love you.

Do you not understand your Father’s love to those whom He has purchased, to those whom He has called, to those whom He has chosen? I love you, children. Understand this night that I love you.

Nothing has happened to you or will happen to you without My permission, children. Sometimes you go through tests, you go through trials, but it’s for a purpose, children. I must mold you. I must make you into My Image. Children, do not fear, do not fear, I say unto you in this sin stricken world, do not fear. For I am with you. I am the “Greater One.” [Unclear audio] I am the same yesterday, today, and forever. I am the “Great I Am”.

I say unto you I am the same. I have not changed. I do not lie. I am God and I change not. I love you, children. Hear ye the voice of the “Good Shepherd, your Lord”. I love you. Come unto Me. Come unto Me. Lay your burdens upon Me and let Me handle them, children. Let Me take care of everything.

Place your burdens at My feet, for I long to take them upon Me, that you may have peace. That you might feel My love, that you might feel My strength for the journey. Oh My children, come unto Me. I say unto you this night, “Come unto Me. Come unto Me. Come unto Me.”

Be Not Afraid

October 25, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

There is not a tear that falls from your eyes that I do not see. There is not a hurt that burdens your heart that I do not see. There is no time that you are bowed down that I do not see.

Yea, I hear the prayers of My Bride. I feel the tears of My Beloved. Oh precious children, your father does see. My eyes are not hidden from your hurt, your pain and your tears. I love you, children I love you.

I love you, come unto Me. I bade you, come unto Me. Come unto Me. Lay your head upon My shoulder tonight and feel My love. Oh, I love you children. My hand is outstretched to you tonight. My throne is open to you tonight. I will hear your petition. I will answer your prayers. Do not be dismayed, what goes on around you. Do not be alarmed.

For I the Lord thy God, am on board. I’m on board, children. I see. I see. I see. I will prepare you for the things that are coming, children. Let not your heart fear, for you will be ready. Yield yourself to Me and let Me make into My Image. Let Me strengthen you for the journey. I say let Me strengthen you. Let Me prepare you.

For a great warfare lies ahead. A warfare that you do not even comprehend, children. But greater is He that is in you, than he that is in this world. I say to you, I walk on the troubled waters. Do not be afraid. Come unto Me. Take My hand in thine and go forward, without fear. For the Lord, your God, it is He who walks with you.

Mighty Days Lay Ahead

October 25, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Skipworth

For the mighty days lay ahead, children. I say unto you; the mighty days lay ahead. Ye shall see the lame walk. Ye shall see the blind see. You will see, children. Great things lie ahead.

Prepare your heart. Study My Word. Pray. Fast. Do all that I lead you to do. Prepare yourself. For My Bride has prepared herself. Prepare yourself for great things in thy nation [Unclear audio] For great and mighty things will I do in your midst. Great and mighty things.

Loose Yourself from Every Bondage

October 25, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Loose yourself from every bondage and be free in Me this night. Loose yourself. Loose yourself. Loose yourself from every key. From everything thing that holds you back. Enter into My Presence. Enter in, children. It’s here for every one of you tonight.

I say to you, enter into My River. Oh, let Me bathe you with My Presence, children. Let Me fill you up, children. I long to love you. Oh, My children, enter in. Enter in. Enter in. Hold not back. Lay yourself at My feet and enter in.

Do Not Withdraw

October 29, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Helen Burgess & Interpretation given through Brother Shelley

In times past, saith the Lord, when I have drawn near to thee, you have come close. Yea, in times past when My Spirit has drawn near to thee, yea, I have seen thee run. I have seen thee run into My Presence and fall, as it were, even in My arms, saith the Lord. But yea, in this season I have drawn nigh unto thee, saith the Lord, and some of you have withdrawn.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, is it because you know that I have brought with me, saith the Lord, a scalpel? Is it because, saith the Lord, you know that I have come with My Word? Yea, is there something in thee, saith the Lord, that you would not release to Me?

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, is this the reason why, when I draw nigh unto thee, that you withdraw, saith the Lord? Is this why, saith the Lord, that you withdraw from My Presence? Is it because you know that I have come to loose thee, saith the Lord, of the thing that has kept thee from moving into Adoption?

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, I AM the Lord, thy God, and I would not hurt thee, saith the Lord. It is not My desire to crush or to destroy thee. It is not My desire to mangle thee, saith the Lord, but it is My desire to loose thee and to heal thee. For the Lord would say unto thee, this is the chosen hour.

The Lord would say unto thee, this is the time that I would desire to plant in thee My Word as never before. A Word that would manifest and gift thee the tools and the principles to defeat the enemy on every battlefront. But the Lord would say unto thee, I cannot plant in thee that which you have need of and it take root in thee, saith the Lord, until you have submitted to My hand. I will, saith the Lord, cause thee to expel all that is unlike Me. But when I come, saith the Lord, do not withdraw.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, some are waiting on Me to touch another, to touch the one beside you, saith the Lord, because in your heart you have felt like that one needs to be released of more. But the Lord would say unto thee, let every man so examine his own heart in this hour. For I have come to thee because I love you. So saith the Lord.

You Must Trust Me

October 29, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Take My hand, children. Sometimes you cannot see the way, seemingly. But I am with you. Let not your heart be discouraged. For I will take the heavy robes off of you, My children. Yield yourself to Me this night. I will use you if you will yield yourself to Me.

I will lead along the straight and the narrow path. The farther you go, the lighter it will get, My children. But you must follow; though it seems a dangerous and treacherous path if you do not understand the Hand of the Lord. But, My children, you must trust Me. You must hold to My Hand. You must not lean to your own understanding, but lean to your Lord. And be ye strong. And be ye courageous. Know that the Lord, your God, has not forsaken you. Know that the Lord, your God, loves you with a very great love.

I do love you, My children. I love you, My children. If only you could comprehend My Love for you. If only you could understand. I love you, My children. “They that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength…”

Stripping the Robes of Religion

October 29, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Vision given through Brother Shelley

While we were worshiping the Lord just then, I began to see in the Spirit a woman, and she was covered with heavy drapes, heavy cloth, heavy material. It was velvet. It was gathered like what we would describe as crushed velvet. It’s the kind of material like they used to use to line coffins with. The material was very heavy, and she was bowed down with the weight of that garment.

There was a strong odor that I could sense in the Spirit. The sensation of it was burning to the nose, (You know, we don’t always have the words to describe exactly what we want to say.) It was burning to the nostrils, the heaviness of it.

My mind goes back to some cassette tapes that have circulated the world. Many of you have heard them, by a woman named Sister Charlotte. She would go around the world giving her testimony of how God had brought her out of a system that was not for her.

In one of those tapes, she told about a ritual that she went through during her time of accepting her vow of poverty. She was made to lie in a coffin, and covering that coffin was heavy drapery. I hadn’t thought of it in years, but I remember hearing her say that the perfume, that incense, was so embedded into that heavy material, that it burned her eyes and nose. It almost caused her to feel as though she was suffocating. For some hours she was made to lie there as a symbol of her death, until they would come and lift these heavy cloths off of her, and raise her up out of the casket as a symbol of being raised in Christ. We symbolize that in our water baptism.

But in this vision, I could see this woman, and she was stooped down like this with the weight of this heavy material and these gathers in it. All of a sudden, I saw in the Spirit doves, white birds, beautiful little doves. I don’t know how many, but they came down around her in a almost circular type fashion, but more like a spiral. As they did, they all went down into the front of her garment and attached their beaks to that robe.

The doves (We know that’s the Spirit) began to lift that heavy robe in the air, off of her. I saw it slide quickly down her back. Underneath that heavy robe and cloak and coats of religion she was clothed in a beautiful, beautiful flowing garment that came down to the waist, and then flowed very freely to the ground in more than spotless white, her wedding garment.

I believe the Lord is saying that He is getting ready, by His Spirit, to remove the heavy cloaks of religion out of people’s lives, who are hungry for God. By the Spirit of God, He’s getting ready to rip off the robes of self-righteousness, all of the phylacteries, all of those things that are Pharisee, like the Pharisees; all the long hems of the garments, you know, to symbolize.

I’m not talking about biblical Holiness. I’m talking about being bound down in religion and bound down in tradition, and not being free to flow in the River of God. But I believe the Lord is getting ready. Hallelujah.

May it start in me. May it start in you. May He send the angels of the Lord by the Power of the Holy Ghost to remove those heavy, heavy, heavy garments.

The stench, although it’s not a terribly disagreeable odor, but the strength of the odor was so strong, that it was burning to the nostrils. And God is wanting to loose that little Lady.

I see her again now as she begins to twirl almost like a ballerina with one hand in the air. I see her hair flowing around her, a veil upon her head. I know that she is the Bride of Jesus Christ, who is getting ready (Hallelujah) to be stripped of those heavy robes of religion, that she might be able to walk free and worship her God, as He prepares to come and get her.

She’s been hid away in the basement. I’m getting in the Spirit. That she’s been hid away in the basement. When you and I think of a beautiful wedding, (maybe you’ve seen a movie or a film, or maybe you’ve been to a beautiful wedding that is in a home), you would normally think of the bride coming down from the upstairs and descending down a beautiful stairway for the wedding to be held, maybe in the foyer of the big, beautiful home, or the “Annabella Mansion” that we might picture in our mind.

But I hear the Spirit telling me that this little Lady, though she is the chosen of the Lord, the enemy has tried by religion to keep her down in the basement, to keep her hidden. But I see that the Lord is loosing her from those heavy robes.

You see, the stairway that she has to climb is very narrow. I see it now. There are no handrails up this little, narrow stairway. There are no lights. I don’t see any lights in this little narrow stairway that she must ascend. But I see a light at the very top of the stairs, at the very end, and it’s very dim as she begins to climb.

The reason why she couldn’t make it up that stairway with all of these heavy robes on, she would trip and fall. But now she’s loosed from all of those heavy garments. Even though her dress is long and there is a beautiful train behind her, she’s able to gather it in her hand. Even though there’s no handrails (hallelujah), and even though there’s not a whole lot of light along the way, there is a light at the end. And she’s climbing toward that light. Hallelujah.

“And she stood…” The Lord said that “She has stood many times at the bottom of that stairway, and she has wondered how she would ever be able to make it up that narrow little way with this heavy robe on.”

But now there is no fear in her heart, and there is no dread. There is only joy because, the Lord said, “She’s ascending up that little narrow stairway, and standing at the top is her Beloved, and she’s going to be joined in great matrimony to her Beloved at the top of that stairway.”

God is calling His Bride out of the basement that Satan has hid her away in, the Bride, hid away in a basement, covered down and weighed down with religion. The Lord is calling her to climb higher, and climb higher toward the Light of His Glory. Hallelujah. As we pursue His Glory, we’ll find our Beloved there and be joined to Him.

Bless His holy Name. Thank You, Lord. Hallelujah. Oh, that’s me. That’s me. I know that’s me. Hallelujah. I know I’m part of that. Glory be to God.

Spiritual Anemia

October 29, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I’ve just seen something in the Spirit. And I know it’s getting Halloween, and you know we don’t have anything to do with that stuff. But I just saw a skeleton with skin. And I heard Brother Steven say tonight, he said, “I saw a man that was about as skinny as this microphone.”

I just saw a woman. I could tell it was a woman. She was so frail and skinny, that the skin was stretched over bone. You’ve heard the expression, “skin and bones.” So lean, without meat. I guess you don’t say Meat”, you say Flesh.” My Granny used to say, “she doesn’t have any meat on her bones.”

And her eyes were sunk back in her sockets. Dark circles. And God said, “She’s losing blood, and she’s passing some things from her body.”

And I wrote down, “anemia” because she’s losing blood to such an extent that it is weakening her system. And you all think you know what I’m talking about, but you don’t. Because this isn’t physical, this is spiritual. Has nothing to do with someone in this building’s physical condition, but it has something to do with someone’s spiritual condition. You’re losing some things.

Learn to Tarry

October 30, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

You must learn to tarry in My Spirit, saith the Lord. You must learn to wait upon me and discern the hour in which I would speak to thee, saith the Lord. For yea, the Lord would say unto thee, for so long now I have desired to show thee little treasures and little nuggets that might encourage you on your way.

But the Lord would say unto thee, you must receive. You must come with the spirit of receiving, and you must draw all of your affections, and all of your attentions upon Me, saith the Lord. And come to praise Me. And yea, I will bless you with joy in the Outer Court. And yea, even as you press into the Inner Court, you will feel My Spirit of worship.

But yea, the Lord would say unto thee, behind the veil are the Treasures of the Kingdom. And yea, I the Lord thy God, from My bosom desire to pour unto thee the treasures of My Kingdom. Receive from the bosom of the Lord, and be not hasty, saith God, but wait upon Me. For I will do a new thing among thee, for My Spirit will lead thee by My Fire. So saith the Lord.

Eat My Word

October 30, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Put up your shields of faith against all the fiery darts of the enemy. Guard your mind. Casting down all [Unclear audio] that exalts itself against the knowledge I have given you. [Ed., Short pause]

Take My Word. Store it in your heart. Eat it, children. Eat it. Eat it. I say unto you, eat My Word. Eat it, children. Eat it day. Eat it night.

Let not your moments be idled. I speak unto you. You are living in an evil day. I say to you an evil day. Recognize this day. You cannot laze around, children. It’s not time. For the time draweth nigh.

You must guard your mind. You must guard your heart. I say unto you, eat My Word. Ask Me to reveal it to you by My spirit. Verily I will. I will make it real to you. Surely I will. Let My Word live in your heart, live in your soul, live in your life, from day to day. Therewith you may stand in the wiles of your enemy.

Keep Your Ground

October 30, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly

You must put up your swords to fight against the enemy of your soul. You must realize that you are on a battleground, day by day, hour by hour. Put on the whole armor and learn how to use it, children.

Keep your ground. You must take up your sword and fight as I have ordered you to do in My Word. You must, children. You must to gain ground and to keep the ground that you have, lest the enemy take what you have had. Put on My armor, children. For verily, the vile would take it by force, children. You must learn to fight on this ground.

You Must Realize This Day

October 30, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

For My Word will give you strength for the road is hard. Yes, the road is hard. It is treacherous. It is treacherous. The enemy would desire nothing more than to take you. Children, you must be wise as a serpent and harmless as a dove. I send you forth in light in this dark and evil world. Stand fast. Be ye strong. Be like men. Be soldiers. Be strong in the power of My might, children.

For you cannot fight this in a natural way. For it is a supernatural battle. You’re not fighting against flesh and blood, children. You’re fighting against principalities and powers. Recognize it. Ask Me to show you. Ask Me to give discerning of spirits that you may recognize the day that you’re living in. Ask Me to open your eyes.

Be sensitive to My voice. Ask Me to anoint your eyes. Anoint your ears, that you might hear My voice. For verily, My sheep know My voice and no other will they follow. Stand strong, My children. Be courageous in the power of your Lord. Stand strong, be not afraid. For the God that lives in your heart, walks with you. You’re not walking alone, I love you.

Take My hand. Be still, when I say, be still. Listen, walk when I say walk. Don’t walk ahead of Me, but yet don’t walk behind Me. Walk with Me, children. Learn how to walk with Me, day by day. For you must. You must, lest the enemy take you captive. You must. You must. You must. You must open your eyes. You must realize this day. You must realize it, children. You must realize it. Lest you be swallowed up.

For the enemy would seek whom he would to devour. You must be strong and of power of the Lord God. In the blood that I shed for you at Calvary, in the power of My might, in the power of My spirit, stand ye strong. In the name of the Lord, children. Stand strong.

For verily, your God will go before you. Your God shall fight for you. Yea, I say, the very angels of the living God are around you. Recognize it, children. Recognize it. Children, recognize it this day. Recognize the day that you are living in. Recognize the time. Recognize the hour. It is not time to be lax, children. It is not time for that. Your take up your sword. Take up your cross and follow Me. Thus saith the Lord.

Loosing of the Blessing in the Heavens

October 30, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I saw an Angel coming from the realms of Glory with a big pot under His left arm. I saw a beautiful, ornate work around the rim of the pot, and in the pot I saw golden coins. I knew this was one of the mighty Angels, very similar to what God had shown me in vision before. I saw dark clouds begin to roll around His feet. Finally, I could see hands, gnarly hands with long talons, like long fingernails. Or, I think the best word is like talons, reaching at the ankles of this mighty Angel.

As the clouds began to move away, I could see that these hands were coming from unholy forces, demonic powers and strongholds, to stop this Angel from coming with renewal for the Bride of Christ. The gold that was in this pot is royalty. It speaks of the blessings of the Lord, and how that God desires to send the purest thing, not of flesh, but pure, pure, rich gold, divine. I could see.

Even now I could see again those demonic powers reaching to stop the ankles of this Angel as He comes, because they know that if He gets through to the people of God, and they get a hold of that which is real, that it will loose them and set them free to manifest who they are in this last hour. I could see the struggle of spiritual warfare, as the Angel is detained.

I see two of these creatures with a long chain and heavy balls and fetters of iron. They’re doing everything they can to still the Angel, that they might put these fetters… They’re whispering and they’re rumbling, as they say, “We must stop Him. We must prevent Him, for He carries in His hands the very things that the people of God have been crying out for; the real divine nature. The real, divine, pure things in their lives.

They’re doing everything they can. But I can see, way above, where this battle is going on in the atmosphere, about seven miles above our heads, even this evening. I can see above that area a lining beginning to form around the clouds of pure light. The clouds are dark in the center, but around the edges they’re beginning to be scalloped with pure light, which lets me know that there is a tunnel of light beginning to come from the Presence of God.

I see an arm that fills the heavens. I see the elbow and I see the shoulder and the hand, that is so mighty as it is raised in battle, as it comes sweeping down across the heavenly atmosphere. And I see that the Angel has been bound, His feet are fettered together. But in the hand of this Mighty Arm there is a Sword. I can see the point of that Sword is like a diamond, just the point, just the edge, as it glistens.

And I see, very slowly, very purposefully, that arm coming down. I see that Sword making contact with that chain, and I can see that chain and those fetters being cut loose. One sweep, and then another, and then another.

And the Lord said, “I am loosing the Angel of God that I have sent to bring that which you have hungered for and thirsted for.” The Lord would say, “Prepare thy hearts to receive the precious gold, costly things of the heavenly realm. For I, the Lord thy God, with My strong arm, I have loosed the answer, and the answer is coming your way,” so saith the Lord.

The Lord is reminding me that, as I was seeing the struggle, and the Angel holding that pot, as the Angel would rock to try to free Himself from the grasp, I could see some of that gold falling out the sides of the pot.

And the Lord said, “The blessings that you have received, that’s like the gold that’s been falling out of the pot. But wait until the entire pot, the entire source is dumped upon you. Oh, you’re going to know the difference, when the fullness of My Spirit has come to your life.” (Hallelujah. Glory to the Lamb.) Hallelujah. Pure, refined gold. (Hallelujah.

Yes Lord. Yes, Lord. Thank You, God. I thank You for the spilled blessings. Hallelujah. I thank You for what we’ve already received from the Throne, the great joy we’ve anticipated, the fullness.

Rise Up in Faith & Receive What Is Yours

November 8, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

I say unto you this day, My children, My salvation is yours. Do you understand? It is yours. You must take it by force, for verily the violent take it by force. You cannot sit back and expect Me just to hand it to you, children. I have already given it to you. I have paid a price on the cross.

Children, you must rise up in faith. You must receive what I have given for you. There is salvation. There is healing. There is deliverance. What do you have need of this day? Verily I say, reach out and take it by faith. Reach out.

But you must stand up. You must be full of faith, children, believing what My Word says. Believe My Word. Don’t doubt it. Let him who hath ears to hear, hear. For verily My Word is yours. I have placed it in your hands. I have placed My Spirit inside of you.

What doth hinder you from pursuing the ways that I have put before you, children? What doth hinder you? What so easily besets you? Get back in the race. Lag not behind. For verily I say to you, there is a race to be run, children.

But you must stand on your feet. You cannot sway backwards. You must stand on your feet. Stand, children, stand. You must take Me at My Word. For verily, My Word is true. You know in your heart it’s true.

Verily, I have given you My promises, My children. They are yea and amen. And I am not a God that should lie, neither a God that should repent, My children. I am God. I change not. Believe My Word.

Be ye free. Receive what you have need of this day. My hands are outstretched to you this day. Verily I say, they’re outstretched to you, My children. Receive what you have need of. If you go away empty it is your fault, children, for I am reaching out to you, My children. I am reaching out to you. Verily, receive, receive, receive.

Examine Your Own Heart

November 8, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given by Sister Beverly Skipworth

Verily, you cannot point your fingers at someone else. You must point your finger at yourself and examine your own lives, children. You must examine your own heart. Be not so quick to judge another until you know your heart is clean and pure before Me. Let him who is without sin cast the first stone.

Go Forth & Possess

November 8, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Prophecy given by Sister Beverly Skipworth

Verily I say unto you, My children, you must possess the gates of your enemy. You must not leave any gate un-possessed. You must go forward. You must be bold as a lion. As My Word says, the righteous are as bold as a lion. I say to you; you must be bold on the enemy’s territory. You must go and you must possess what he has taken from you, children. You can possess it in My Name.

I have paid the price for you to come, for all the things in your life that trouble you. I am the Lord, your God. There is no higher. There is no more powerful than Me, My children. Understand that, that I am the Lord, thy God. There is nothing that’s impossible with me. Nothing, children. Nothing.

Verily I say unto you, go forth and conquer. Go forth and conquer the gates, My children. Go forth. Go forth. I am looking to you to go forth and possess. Go forth and possess, possess, possess, My children. Go forth and possess.

Feed the Nations

November 22, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

The Lord gave me a Word this morning. He said, “Set them upon your knee and draw them to your breast, for I have called thee to nourish the nations.”

The Word of the Lord came so real this morning and he said,“You have been engorged. Your breasts are full,” saith the Lord. “I am calling you to give the nations suck, to nourish them, to feed them, to fill them. Prepare thyself. I will enrich thee with Revelation to sustain and to strengthen.”

“Draw them. Draw them,” saith the Lord. “Draw them to you and give them suck. Nurse them and nourish them. Set them upon your lap and pull them close, for they are needy and they are hungry. They have been forsaken to care for themselves. They are suffering, with some never hearing the good news. Forsake them not again, for they are Mine, My babies.”

I have called you to help them. Raise up and be not slack. With haste, prepare thyself to feed them,” saith the Lord. Oh, what a commission we receive from the Lord to feed the nations of the world the glorious things.

Reach Up into My Presence

November 22, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation (unknown)

For yea, even in the midst of thee this morning there is a hand reaching down, saith the Lord. Even in the midst of My children this day,am I reaching My hand toward thee, saith the Lord. And yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I will reach farther to thee than you could ever reach to Me.

But yea, the Lord would say unto thee, reach up. Yea, reach up into My Presence.Reach up into My Glory, saith the Lord,and into the Shekinah Anointing. For yea, the Lord would say unto thee,I am reaching for thee,and if you will reach for Me,yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I will take thee.

Yea, I will take your hand in My hand,and yea, I will draw thee even to My bosom, saith the Lord, and I will minister to thee.Yea, I the Lord, thy God, will minister healing to thee.Yea, I will minister strength to thee.

And yea, the Lord would say unto thee,today is a day of great encouragement.For I, the Lord, thy God, do desire to encourage thee,yea, and to give thee boldness.Yea, the Lord would say, and to give thee strength and virtue.Oh, the Lord would say, this is a day of encouragement.Receive it from My hand as you reach into My Glory, saith the Lord.

Pleased by Our Praise

November 24, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee this night, surely, I the Lord thy God, do delight in your praise. Yea, I the Lord thy God, delight in your celebrations, saith the Lord, in all the ways that you bring unto Me sacrifices of praise.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I know your flesh, saith the Lord. And I know that you grow weary in the flesh. Yea, I know that your minds become tired, saith the Lord, with the cares of this life. And I see your sacrifice of praise. Yea, I see when you cause your feet to dance, saith the Lord, when your feet do not want to dance.

Yea, I see when you cause your hands to be lifted to Me, when your flesh doesn’t feel like lifting your arms and hands before Me, saith the Lord. Yea, I recognize your sacrifices for Me, saith God. And yea, I am well pleased when you come to sacrifice before Me. Yea, for there is a people in the land that sit back, saith the Lord, and they wait on Me to come and push Myself upon them.

But yea, the Lord would say unto thee, knowest thou not that it is not in My nature, saith the Lord, to impose Myself upon My own children? For yea, the Lord would say unto thee, it is not that which I desire to do to force Myself upon those that are Mine.

But yea, My Spirit waits, saith the Lord, for the opportunity to come and to visit when I am invited. Yea, when offerings, when sacrifices of praise are laid upon the altar of God, then I draw near, saith the Lord. Yea, in all of your rejoicing, in all of your shouting and lifting your voice to Me, in all of your dancing and praise, yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I am pleased.

But yea, God would say unto thee, do not hesitate to draw quiet before Me. Do not hesitate, saith the Lord, to wait upon My Glory when it comes. For the Lord would say unto thee, when My anointing begins to fall, and yea, when you begin to move from the realms of praise to the realms of worship, be still, saith the Lord.

Yea, I say unto thee, even be more reverent than you have been in the past. For it is in that time of reverence and quietness, saith the Lord, as you would sing a little praise, as you would wait upon Me in My Glory. Yea, it is in that hour that I will renew thee, saith the Lord. It is in that hour that I will bless thee for thy sacrifice.

For yea, the Lord would say unto thee, no man nor woman has ever brought a sacrifice to Me with a perfect and clean heart, with the right motive and the right attitude, that I, the Living God, would withhold My hand from him. No, saith the Lord, when you have brought your sacrifices, yea, wait upon Me, for it is My desire to anoint thee, to charge thee and to strengthen thee, saith the Lord. Do not miss that visitation of stillness. Do not miss that quiet wave of Glory, saith the Lord.

Yea, I the Lord thy God do desire to rest thee. Yea, I desire to renew thee. Wait in the stillness of My Spirit and worship Me. For yea, the Lord would say unto thee, one sacrifice leads to something else, saith the Lord. It leads to the opportunity for Me to come with My Spirit and bring thee closer to My bosom.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I have called thee to come and you have come. And now, I the Lord thy God, will draw thee closer. For yea, there is a place in Me, there is a closeness in Me that you cannot press into, that you cannot come of your own accord. Yea, you can only come there when I would wrap My arm around you and draw you hither.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, do not miss that time when I desire to reach forth My hand and pull thee closer into My Presence. For the Lord would say unto thee, I am mindful of that which you desire, and I have it for thee, saith the Lord.

Depths of Water to Walk In

November 24, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

Rejoice, I say unto thee this night. Rejoice, My children. For this is the day has been long waited for. Rejoice in thine heart, step out into the River and enjoy My Presence this night. For the River is flowing for you tonight.

Yea, who are, who is searching, let him come. Let him come, I say to you. Be dare some to step out into the Water and taste of My Goodness this night. For it’s there for you tonight, My child, it’s there for you. The Water that you’ve never walked in before. Pleasant, beautiful Water, Water that you have not known. Water. Water. Water, depths of Water for you to walk in. It’s here. Step in. Step in. Step in.

The King Dwelleth Among You

November 27, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

My sons and My daughters, lift up your voices and rejoice, for the King dwelleth among you this night. The King dwelleth in the midst of your praise. There is a shout of the King in your camp tonight.

Rejoice, My children. Lift up your voices and rejoice. For the King is here. He is here to meet your need this night, My children. Let your hearts rejoice that the King would come and dwell in your midst.

Blessed Is He Who Hungers & Thirsts

November 27, 1998 (Friday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

[Unclear audio] …this night. For the waters I have given are freely given to you. Blessed is he who hungers and he who thirsts, for I shall fill them this night.

If you want to go deeper with Me, My children, I am here to lead you deeper into My waters this night. Blessed is he who hungers and thirsteth after me. For verily, he shall be filled.

Enter In & Receive from My Hand

November 28, 1998 (Saturday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Helen Burgess & Interpretation given through Sister Aleta & Sister Carmen

Sister Aleta:

For the Lord thy God would say unto thee, “It is I that walkest in the midst of thee this day. Enter into My Glory. It is I that is calling thee. Be not afraid. I will take you to deeper depths.”

Brother Shelley:

Hallelujah. Someone else getting the rest of that? Amen. Let Him have His way.

Sister Carmen:

For this night I desire that all would enter in, that all would enter in. For this night I desire that all would enter in, and not just some. For I have come this night and if you would come to receive, I will bless you this night.

I have come to anoint My people this night. If you will come, if you will enter in, I will anoint you. I will anoint you. I will give you that which you have need of. If you will enter in, [Unclear Audio] I will give you… [Unclear Audio]

For too long My people have sat back and watched while some have enjoyed, but I am here to bless all. I am here to bless all. Enter in. Enter in this day and receive from My hand.

Wind of the Spirit

November 28, 1998 (Saturday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

Just a moment ago, as we were worshiping the Lord, I could feel the atmosphere changing around me as the breath of God was blowing over my right shoulder. I could feel the wind of the Spirit as it was blowing across my right shoulder. And when I could feel the blowing even on my neck down this side of my body, and I could see in the Spirit a little vision. I could see some of these young girls, their hair was down long. And I could see them walking through a door that had been opened.

Just a few seconds before that, I had asked Chad to see if any of them could sing that song, “Beyond the Open Door.” And then when I walked back over here, I could feel that wind blowing again. That’s when I could see the door, I could see the young sisters going in. And as they were going in, I could see others following them and coming behind.

When Lisa began to walk around, I felt a real witness in the Spirit that it was God leading her along. And I just started praying for her that God would lift her in the heavenly realms and she would see heavenly things, that she would be drawn closer to the Lord than ever before. A real gripping burden I began to feel for her.

Let’s worship God. He’s, He has absolute freedom and liberty to move in whatever way He desires to move today. Come now. Come on if you’re going to help them, and let’s worship God as they sing. They’ve not practiced this. Let’s pray for everyone, pray for one another. But let’s especially pray for these young sisters, that they will begin to let nothing hinder them.

Oh, and as we pray that God would let them walk through those doors that are open for us in this hour, fresh doors, new gates, new windows, that God is calling us to. Deeper depths, higher heights. Hallelujah. Hallelujah.

Enter in with Your Heart

November 30, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

My children, I call on you tonight. Lay your burdens aside. Lay the cares of this day aside. Enter in, not just physically, but enter in with your heart. For I long to visit you this night, children. I long to visit you, but you must enter in. Lay everything aside and enter in with your heart to worship Me this night, and see if I will not visit you this night. See if I will not meet your needs tonight. Enter in. I say to you, enter in, enter in with your heart.

Heavenly Antidote

November 30, 1998 (Monday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I see it crumbling, oh yes. I see it crumbling. Oh hallelujah to the Lamb of God. I see strongholds breaking. I see the walls being shaken. I see the high towers that Satan has raised up, oh yes. I see his towers, his watch towers that he has raised up over the Body of Christ, so that he could climb high over the walls and look down into our lives.

But I see the Word of God and the anointing of God beginning to shake the very foundation of the walls that Satan has built around your life, and I see his high towers, hallelujah, as they begin to reel back and forth, back and forth. Hallelujah.

Before that final blow comes, I believe that what God desires to show us tonight is He wants to bring us out of the devil’s access. He wants to bring us to that place of immutability. He wants to bring us to that place of divine antidote, hallelujah, where no matter what the devil tries, it just doesn’t quite go far enough. Every arrow he shoots, it just doesn’t go all the way, but it stops just a little short. Hallelujah.

How many of you would like to think that every attack the devil will launch against you one day will miss just by a little bit? That place of heavenly antidote, oh yes.

Lay Aside Your Flesh

December 15, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Beverly Skipworth

My children, great is My mercy extended to you. Great is My grace extended to you. Do not take it for granted that the Lord, thy God, would come down with His Presence among you. Don’t take this lightly, My children.

Oh, I have told you before, there are those who are crying out for what you have. The things you experience service after service, My children. Oh, My children, My heart is grieved that you would take these things for granted. Oh, My children, how honored, how honored you are that the Lord, thy God, would come down and visit you, would speak to your hearts service after service, would minister to your needs service after service.

Oh children, My precious, precious children. Don’t let the cares of this life drag you down. Oh, My children, lay them aside in this hour that I might speak to your heart. Prepare your heart to receive from My Throne this night.

For verily, I… this night. Lay aside every burden, every fear, everything that troubles your heart, lay it aside. Lay aside. Put your eyes upon Me and tune your ears to My Spirit and listen to what the Lord, thy God, would say unto thee this night.

For I say to you, My children, it’s an honor, it is a blessing that I would come among you and visit you. Dig in, My children. Dig in. Don’t take these things for granted. Don’t take it so lightly, “Oh, here’s another service.” My children, don’t do that.

Oh, My children, be ye thankful that the Lord, thy God, just love you. It is He who reached down. It is He who picked you up by His mercy and brought you to where you are. It is mercy, My children. It is My deep love for you.

For I have called you with a deep calling, and with a holy calling. Enter ye in this day, saith the Lord thy God. For My hands are outstretched to you this night. I want to bless you, My children. I want to help you. I want to minister to your needs. But you must enter in. You must lay your flesh aside. You must lay everything aside and put your eyes upon Me, that I can minister to you, to what you have need of. Thus Saith the Lord.

Love Each Other

December 15, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Flo Hendrix

Oh, Lord Jesus. Hear Me, My children. My heart is grieved and broken. It’s My desire that you love one another. That’s why My heart is grieved. How can I use you if you don’t love one another? Support one another. Stay together! You’ve got sisters and brothers in the church, sometimes they don’t feel loved because you don’t come forth. And sometimes it’s because you don’t feel loved.

But I love you. Is that not the greatest commandment that I gave you, was that you love one another? You’ve got to be drawn together. If you’re not drawn together in love, there’ll be a leak, and it’ll be broken.

Let Me ask you to please love one another. Support one another. If one knows to do something, and they’re weak, support them. Help them. You’re in a warfare, and you’ve got to stick together. You’ve got to love one another.

Do you realize that you’re sisters and brothers, not enemies? You’re sisters and brothers, more so than in the natural. You’re spiritual sisters and brothers. Act like it.

I’m not scolding you. My heart is just broke. Some of you have asked for the heart of God. I wished each one of you could feel what I feel. I’m so broken. Please remember, “Love each other!” That’s the great commandment. “Love Me first, then love one another.” How does man know that you love God? If you love one another.

Bandage on the Sore

December 20, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

And something drew my attention to the roof. And when I looked up on the roof, I thought for a split second, “Someone has vandalized the church. I must go in and tell them, ‘someone has vandalized the church.'”

But as I… That must have been just seconds, is all that could have gone by. I was arrested, stood just still, didn’t even have my coat on out in the cold. As I looked to the top of the church, saw that in the Spirit (not in the natural), in the Spirit it had been wrapped around the roof with a bandage. Over and over and over it had been wrapped, with a brown beigey looking bandage. And I told them later it was what we call here an ACE bandage.

How many of you know what an ACE bandage is? Has a little stretch to it… I could see like even those metal clips that you put on the bandage to catch the fiber and hold it in place. Here is an ACE bandage wrapped around the church.

And I began to look toward that bandage. I must have been there three or four minutes. And out from under that bandage began to ooze a corrupting looking pus, that began to come out from under that bandage and drip down the sides of the roof. I saw it as it puddled up around the droppings, where like the rain would drop off the eaves. I saw this corrupting pus running down. And God said, “For too long, they’ve placed a bandage on the sore. And it doesn’t heal. It doesn’t heal like that.”

Unwound from the Graveclothes

December 20, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I saw men and women standing before the altar, wrapped from head to feet in grave clothes. Like mummies I saw them bound. Their hands were bound to their sides. And their feet and ankles were bound together. And they were certainly a people that could not be moved. They were a people that could not be useful. They were a people that could not accomplish anything, for they were bound from head to feet, like Lazarus was, like the mummies of Egypt were.

But I saw at the top of their heads, a little loose tag hanging out, a little loose tag of grave clothes hanging out. You know, how many of you have ever wound up an extension cord or something, you know, and then you take the little tag and tuck it under so that you’ll be able to hold it together. When you go to unroll it, you go and pull that little leftover, that little empty tag, or the little tail of the cord out. I saw a little tag hanging down around their heads.

And I saw as it were, hands… A whole line of people across the front. I saw as it were, hands coming down and taking the little tag, and untucking and beginning to unwind and unwind and unwind. The Spirit of God said, “Notice, they’re not unwound from the bottom to the top. But I’m unwinding from the top to the bottom. (Tongues) I’m starting at the top and going all the way down to the bottom.”

Now the Healing Will Begin

December 20, 1998 (Sunday Morning)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

I could see Job. I knew it was Job. I could see Job sitting on the ash heap. I could see those sores and boils that filled his body from head to toe. I saw him as he reached over and took a pot shard. The Bible said, “pot shard.” It’s broken pieces of pottery that were dumped out at the dump.

He took these broken jagged pieces of like terra cotta pottery, and began to scrape those sores. I could see his face draw up, his mouth would twist and turn as he would draw that pot shard over those boils, and the pus would run out. And God spoke and said, “Now the healing will begin.”

The Reality of My Anointing

December 20, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

The Lord said, “You have not understood.” The Lord said, “Your mind has been troubled because you have not understood. There have been things before you, even in the services, that you’ve not been able to grasp, you’ve not been able to know with assurance that it was God, and you’ve left questioning, wondering.”

And the Lord said, “You’ve left, condemning yourself because you had these things, you’ve had these confusions.” The Lord said, “Put it away. Put it far from your mind right now,” for the Lord said, “I will work it out for My Glory.”

And the Lord said, “I will show you that which is real. And you will see,” saith the Lord, “the realness of My Anointing. You’ll see the realness of My Glory. I’ll show you the flow of obedience as you have never seen it before.”

“I will show you vessels,” saith the Lord, “that will flow in ways that you would never have dreamed possible for humanity. When you look upon one, you’d say, ‘I would never have believed that he would have flowed that way,’ or ‘I would have never believed that she would have yielded herself,'” saith the Lord.

Yea, there is a lot of stretching of the wings. There is a lot of trying in My Spirit. Oh, the Lord would say unto thee, “Do not condemn, but put it aside, and know that I am God, and know that I am mindful of thee,” saith the Lord. “And I have not come this night to rebuke thee, no, neither to correct thee.”

But I have come,” saith the Lord, “to encourage thee.” For the Glory of the Lord is upon thee even this night, and it is My desire to put aside from thee the confusion of your mind, and the questioning of your spirit. Lay it aside, saith the Lord, and depend upon that which you do trust.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, depend upon that which you do trust, and upon that which you know is real. Depend upon My Spirit, for I have never left you, saith the Lord, and neither would I desire you to be stumbling in confusion.

For I will bring thee to the reality of My Anointing. And I have not led thee this way to let they fall aside in questions. But I have led thee this way to open you to receive that which I have, the Lord would say.

God’s Preparing a Fish

December 20, 1998 (Sunday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

I was sitting right here, tonight, and the Lord gave me a Word. And I’m not going to give many details of it, but I’ll tell you, it’s right in here. God gave me a Word and said, “Even as You worship Me, I have prepared the fish. Even as I prepared the fish for Jonah, I have prepared the fish to swallow. And when it’s time, I’ll speak to the fish, and he’ll spit him out. And when he spits him out, he’ll run speedily to do the will of God.” Hallelujah.

I said, “Thank You, Lord, for preparing the fish. Thank You for the mercies of God that would not let us be drowned in the briny waves of the sea. But thanks be to God that He would prepare a great big fish to swallow us up, when we have disobeyed. May He swallow us up, amen, and leave us in the belly of that whale until God gets our attention, and then spit us out. And when He does, we’ll find ourselves like Jonah did, running.

The Bible said that Jonah caught a ship going the other way. But notice what it said. It said, “He paid his own fare.” Nobody paid it for him. He paid his own price. He paid his own price. He went away from God, but he paid his own price. But when God got through… The Lord gave me the name. I wrote it down.

And the Lord said, “Mother, be comforted. Mother be comforted, oh yes. For even this night I have prepared a fish to swallow him up.” Hallelujah. Jonah could have been shark bait. He could have drowned. But God prepared a whale to swallow him up.

Foretelling Events

December 22, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

I hear the Lord saying in my spirit that, God wants to use many of you to foretell the events of the coming year. And I believe that those of you who will fast and pray and prepare yourself for the watch night service, I believe God is going to use many of you, who will yield yourself, to tell us of the things that are coming in the next year, both in the Spirit and someone in the natural.

I Will Fulfill My Word

December 20, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Message in Tongues & Interpretation given through Sister Jones

Oh hear, My children. I have spoken it. I have showed the vision, and I will fulfill what I have said. Just wait upon Me, My children. Obey My Word. Fast and pray, and I will do it. In My time I will do it. It will be fulfilled It will be fulfilled because I planned it. It will be done. Just be obedient, be obedient, My children.

Leave that behind what you struggle with. I will bring the solution. I will fulfill what I have planned. I will fulfill that. It has to be done. It is My plan, My children. I will do it…

With Purpose

December 22, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Joyce Greeley

Neither My timing nor my instruments are by random, but with purpose I have chosen them.

Making a Path to be Fruitful in the Spirit

December 22, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

I feel the Lord is also saying tonight that the words of correction and instruction that we’ve received on Sunday will not cut off the flow of the gifts. Oh no. But it will give freedom. It won’t bring bondage, but it will bring freedom, hallelujah, so that the Body can stretch herself. Oh hallelujah.

The Lord said, there are many of you. He said, “Many.” The Lord said, there are many of you that desire to be used in spiritual things, and you’ve been preparing yourself. But the enemy has stifled you and kept you in fear from being obedient. But the Lord said, He’s making the way for many of you to be fruitful in the things of the Spirit.

He’s making a way for many of you to reap in the Spirit, what others have gone before you and sown. Hallelujah. The Lord is making a free path for many of you to begin to flow, hallelujah, under spiritual authority, so that the whole Body can be edified, for the Glory of God. Hallelujah.

Prepare & Serve

December 22, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Message in Tongues given through Sister Burgess & Interpretation given through Sister Carmen Lanier & Brother Shelley

Sister Carmen:

[unclear audio]…Though it tarry, My children, wait for it,for it will come forth. Oh, for the vision will come as I have spoken it, My children, it will come. It will come to pass as I have spoken it. Do not grow weary in your well doing, children, but wait for it, the Word of God. Wait upon it. Wait upon the vision. Wait upon it. Wait upon it.

Brother Shelley:

There’s a little more. Hallelujah…

Yea, for even as there is an appointed time for the seasons to change, saith the Lord, even as there is an appointed time, said the Lord, for the sap to run down into the root of the tree, and yea, there is an appointed time for the sap to run back into the trunk of the tree, saith the Lord. Even as it is, there is an appointed time unto thee, saith the Lord. Prepare thyself. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, “Wait” is not to be idle.

No, but the Lord would say unto thee, “Wait is to serve and to prepare.” Prepare and serve, saith the Lord, while you are waiting on the vision to come to pass. For there is an appointed time, saith the Lord. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, prepare and serve and labor and draw near unto Me.

For the Lord would say unto thee, it is nearer and nigh unto thee. Yea, so near, saith the Lord, that many of you should be able to look upon it with spiritual eyes. It is nigh unto thee, even upon the road, saith the Lord. Look upon the road. For many of you should be able to see the fulfillment, for it is nigh unto those of spiritual vision. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, it is nigh unto thee, saith the Lord.

Draw Near with Your Heart

December 29, 1998 (Tuesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

There is a people, saith the Lord, who have drawn near to Me.Yea, they have drawn near to Me, saith the Lord, with their voices. And yea, they have drawn near to Me with their words, saith the Lord. But yea, I the Lord, thy God, would say unto thee this night,I call unto thee, draw near unto Me with your heart.

For yea, the Lord would say unto thee, this is the hour, tonight.This is the appointed timefor you to turn your heart toward the Living God.Yea, the Lord would say unto thee,dwell no longer in the valley of hypocrisy,where your words profess one thing, saith the Lord,and your heart is left feeling empty and void.

Yea, I the Lord, thy God, would say unto thee, ye have done well to keep moving.Ye have done well not to give up.Ye have done well not to run away and retreat, saith the Lord. And I am pleased with the fact that you have held onwith all that you could.But yea, the Lord would say unto thee,tonight is the night for you not to profess only,and confess only your adoration and devotion to Me.But this is the night for you to turn your heart toward Me,saith the Lord, as never before.

For I the Lord, thy God, would say unto thee,I hold in My Hand empty promises.And I hold in My Hand vows that have not been fulfilled.And yea, the Lord would say unto thee,I cast them upon thee this night.I cast every vow that has not been fulfilled.I cast every promise that has not been kept.

I cast it back upon thee this night, saith the Lord.For I will carry it in My Hands no more.For the Lord is calling unto thee in this moment.Turn your heart unto Me, saith the Lord, and let Me be the center of your devotion.For there is a walk that you have not walked upon and there is a Way that you have not known and there is a relationship that you have not yet tasted of.

Turn your heart unto Me this night, saith the Lord, and walk ye out of the valley of hypocrisy,and serve Me, saith the Lord.Serve Me not with lips only, or with empty deeds,but serve Me with all your being, saith the Lord.Surrender all that you have and all that you are.Surrender unto Me this night.

For yea, I will carry your promises no more, unfulfilled.And I will carry your commitments and vowsthat you have made unto Me and not kept,I will carry them no more.I cast them upon thee.Yea, My Hands have been filled,and even my pockets have been filled, saith the Lord,with all of the promises that you have made.But God would say unto thee, bridle your tongue this night, so that it does not speak things that are not of the heart.

For the Lord would say unto thee, out of the abundance of the heart the mouth must speak.Do not speak with your mouththe things that you do not posses with your heart.The Lord would say unto thee, turn your heart toward Me this night, and I will give you strength to keep the promises that you have made unto Me.

Turn your heart to Me this night,and I will give you power to keep the vowsthat you have made unto Me, saith the Lord.For the Lord would say unto thee, you are not pardoned from them, neither are you forgiven of them.For I require them of you this night.They are upon your heads. Thus saith the Lord.

I Am Tuning You

December 30, 1998 (Wednesday Evening)

Prophecy given through Sister Carmen Lanier

[Unclear audio] Play before Me your instruments. Use what I have given you… [Unclear audio] I am the Master Tuner. I know what it is that you need. Play before Me, My children. Play all that you have… [Unclear audio]

Do not be afraid, because this is the hour that I am tuning you. I am tuning you. I will do the work… [Unclear audio] Play before Me, My children, play. Oh, I like that.

How could You tune us, Lord, unless we give a sound? Unless we give a praise. Unless we give ourselves. Hallelujah.

Tune me Your instrument…

Man of War

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

But we are that close, and something significant will be happening as that century changes, and we enter into a new millennium.

I give you the Word of the Lord tonight. “You’re getting ready to see Jesus manifest Himself in a measure that you have never thought about, nor have you ever dreamed about, nor have you ever read of Him in the Word.”

He spoke to me yesterday afternoon on my face, and He said, “I’m about to reveal Myself as a Man of War.” He said, “Open your eyes and get ready to see the strong arm of the Lord.”

I want you to know, I believe that God is getting ready to shake the kingdom of hell and turn loose, hallelujah, the Bride of Jesus Christ. I believe the strong arm of the Lord is going to shake the prison house of hell and shake us out, Glory to God. If any of us are still bound by bars, I believe the strong and mighty hand of the Lord is going to break prison bars and set His people free. And those that are bound in sin, I believe He’s going to loose His people. Hallelujah.

I said, “I believe He’s going to lay hands on that old dragon and shut his mouth long enough to loose His people out of the gutter, out of sin, out of drug addiction, out of perversion, out of alcoholism. He’s going to gather His elected seed from the four corners of the world, and fill them with the Revelation of His Person. And He’s not going to do it as that meek little Lamb. He’s going to do it as the “Lion of the Tribe of Judah.” Oh yes. Oh yes. He’s meek in character. He’s meek and lowly in character. There’s been a blending of natures.

There, on Jordan’s bank, there was a blending of natures. The nature of the little Lamb, and the nature of the little Dove, it was blended together in Christ and He ministered in that aspect. I want you to know, there’s going to be a different Revelation had, because we realize that if Satan is working in this hour with great wrath because he knows that he has a short time, it’s going to take more than a passive God, and it’s going to take more than a passive Church. It’s going to take a people who know their God.

I said, “A people who know their God.” And not only do they know their God, but they’re strengthened by the Revelation of knowing Him. They shall go forth and do exploits in the Name of Jesus.

America Will See the Strong Arm of the Lord

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

But in 1999, America is going to see the strong Arm of the Lord. God said, “The judgments that have begun to pour upon us by hurricanes and by floods and by fires, what we have seen in ‘96 and ‘96 and ‘98, it will not even begin to compare with the judgments of God that will strike America in this coming year of Nineteen-hundred-and-ninety-nine.

But the Lord assured me again that the Bride of Jesus Christ will hide in the Pavilion of the Lord. Hallelujah. He will protect us. He will keep us. But remember what I just said a moment ago. The same strong Hand of the Lord that’s going to bring wrath…

Severe Famine in India

December 31, 1998 (Thurs day Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

In Nineteen hundred and ninety-nine, the country of India is going to see a famine like they have never seen. They’re going to kill one another in the streets by the hundreds, for a piece of bread.

Civil War in Indonesia

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Indonesia is going to experience civil war as never before.

Serious Earthquake Coming to North America

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

A serious earthquake is coming to North America. I do not feel like it’s going to be in the United States. What do you call it? The continental United States. That excludes Hawaii and Alaska.

In the continental United States, I don’t think that that’s where it’s going to come. It could be. But it’s going to be major. And I see it happening either on the British Columbia side of Canada (which they’ve been predicting things of that nature for years), or either another terrible tragedy in Alaska.

But I could see the top, what looked like the top of the map shaking and waving like this. The land was waving like that. Just like a flag, that’s what I wanted to say, just like a flag.

It’s going to be a real year of disaster. But the people of God are going to find safety in the Pavilion of the Lord. But the greatest thing about it… Let’s don’t concentrate on that.

I wasn’t even going to share all that. I wrote it down, put it in the book. I wasn’t even going to share all that, because I don’t want to emphasize that. We know it’s going to happen. The Bible said it. That’s not some great thing that I would predict or prophesy that to you tonight. The Bible already said that as this time approaches, there’s going to be natural disasters on every hand.

Problems from Saddam Hussein

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

You’re going to see more problems out of Mr. Saddam in ninety-nine.

Restoration of the Apostolic

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

As I was sitting here tonight, the Spirit of the Lord spoke in my heart, and He said, “Nineteen-ninety-nine is going to be a year of prophetic.” And then He said, “The year Two thousand is going to be a restoration of the apostolic.”

I said, “Thank You, Lord. Thank You, Lord. Thank You, Lord, that in the year Two thousand, You’re going to establish and renew the ministry of the apostle, because there are people all over this world who need leadership, not from the hand of man, but from the Hand of God.”

We need leaders who will lay before the Lord, between the porch and the altar, and hear what the Spirit is saying to the church. We need one another in this coming year.

There is a message that has to go out to Message people. And that is, “God’s still moving in the prophetic.” You know, we’ve still got to send that word out there. It’s not yet established in every place where the Bride gathers together, that God’s still moving in the prophetic. Oh, yes.

And then when that is established in the churches who are hungry for more of God, then God will come and He will establish that apostolic ministry, which is a ministry of establishing and setting in order.

Somebody said, “Well, it’s all supposed to be over.” Oh, let me tell you. When God gets through revealing Himself as a Man of War, by that hour His Church will be in her perfection.

And I want you to know, it will not take thirty years to reap the harvest. I want you to know, when God gets His Church perfected, it’s going to be the quickest Revival in history. Hallelujah. I don’t even know if it’ll take ten minutes. It may not even take ten minutes when God gets His Church in order, and He moves Her into the realms of Word perfection. It won’t take very long for Her to go forth and reap the harvest.

How many of you know one man could never do the great job that lays ahead of us to do, but God’s going to establish the prophetic. He’s going to raise up an apostolic covering. Oh, yes, He is. Oh, yes, He is. And in the middle of all that glorious preparation, He’s going to come down from the Glory world and show His strong Arm.


Absolutely not, but I got news for you. He just flat out ain’t there anymore. He’s just flat out not in a manger anymore. He’s just flat out not on the cross anymore. Hallelujah! But He’s standing in the regions of Glory, getting ready to wind this thing up. Oh, yes! He’s getting ready to put an end. Hallelujah.

Shaking & Revival in China

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

The wrath of God is falling. He’s going to shake China in Nineteen hundred and ninety, with natural disasters. But in the midst of that shaking of China, God’s getting ready to perfect His Church in China. Hallelujah.

And the Lord spoke to my spirit and said, “Get ready in the next few years. You’re going to hold Revival in China. I’m going to give you a harvest of souls in China.” Somebody praise God for that.

Terrorism in America

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

You’re going to see terrorism in America in Nineteen hundred and ninety-nine.

Holy Love

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

For the Lord would say unto thee in this hour, My children. It is surely My will to draw thee together, saith God. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, even as I, yea, even as I have desired and expressed to thee in My Word, yea, that we would be one. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, it is My desire that you become one with Me. And yea, as individuals, if you will come and be one with Me, then we will also be one together, saith the Lord. Yea, you will be one with one another, as well as one with Me.

The Lord would say unto thee, I will ignite a Fire in your heart, saith the Lord. And I will anoint your love. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, “Prepare thyself, for the waves of Love are about to come upon thee, saith the Lord, one for another. Yea, the Love that will burn like passion, saith God, one for another, the Body for the Body.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I will take away all of the things in your mind that hinder you from loving one another as I have loved you. Prepare thyself, for “Fire-hot-love.” Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I will remove the “cold love.” I will remove the “lukewarm-love,” and I will ignite thee, yea, with love one for another.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, you will burn with love for one another to such a measure that you will begin to forget one another’s faults. And yea, even when they are on display, you would rather turn away in prayer, or embrace in love, than to call attention to the fault, or to let the fault be a stumbling block to you.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, “Prepare thy heart.” For in a pure heart will I ignite this holy Love one for another. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, “I will visit you this year, and I will bring people to thee, saith the Lord, from the far reaches of this world. And they will experience this Love.” Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, have they not already come and said? Have they not already come and testified of your love one for another?

But yea, the Lord would say unto thee, they have only seen the surface love, and they have only felt the surface love. But yea, those who come in the near future, saith the Lord, will experience not love of the surface, but the deep Love, yea, that I will give you one for another. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, I will cause you to prefer one another. And I will cause you to love and prefer those that I have raised up to lead thee, saith the Lord. For I will bring a Revival of Love.

Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, prepare thyself to receive it. For it is coming your way like the tides of the ocean, in waves. Receive even now, even in this very moment lift yourself before Me, and I will let you begin to feel that love, saith the Lord. Hallelujah. Hallelujah.

An Appointed Time

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophecy given through Brother Shelley

Yea, for even as there is an appointed time for the seasons to change, saith the Lord.Even as there is an appointed time, said the Lord,for the sap to run down into the root of the tree, and yea, there is an appointed time
for the sap to run back into the trunk of the tree, saith the Lord.Even as it is, there is an appointed time unto thee, saith the Lord.

Prepare thyself!Yea, the Lord would say unto thee,“Wait” is not to be idle.No, but the Lord would say unto thee,“Wait” is to serve and to prepare.Prepare and serve, saith the Lord,while you are waiting on the Vision to come to pass.For there is an appointed time, saith the Lord.Yea, the Lord would say unto thee in this hour,prepare and serve and labor and draw near unto Me.

For the Lord would say unto thee,it is nearer and nigh unto thee.Yea, so near, saith the Lord,that many of you should be able to look upon it with spiritual eyes. It is nigh unto thee, even upon the road, saith the Lord.Look upon the road.For many of you should be able to see the fulfillment, for it is nigh unto those of spiritual vision. Yea, the Lord would say unto thee, it is nigh unto thee,saith the Lord.Hallelujah.

Greatest Exodus

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

But I want to tell you the good news. The good news is, the same strong Arm of the Lord that brings judgment on this world, that same strong Hand is going to shake the House of Hell in Nineteen hundred and ninety-nine, and begin the greatest exodus out of the prison house of the devil that there has ever been.

Hallelujah. I’m not talking about joining the church. I’m talking about being born into the family of God.

Pour in the Oil & the Wine

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

And someone is going to have to go and pick up these little toy soldiers that fall out of the House of Hell. Somebody’s going to have to pick them up when, the Arm of the Lord shakes them out of their bondage and shakes them out of their place of prison. Someone is going to have to minister to them.

And God spoke to my spirit again and He said, “Someone is going to have to pour in the oil and the wine, like the Samaritan, the oil and the wine.” Oh, God, let us be a people that are standing ready to pour in the oil and the wine.

Now, I felt someone’s spirit there, and you think, “Oh, he’s going to get ready to criticize all the…”

Oh, no, I’m through with that. Oh, I spent to many years with a critical spirit on me, to go back and pick that up now. It don’t matter to me how they do and what they do and how they act. That’s between them and the Lord.

I’m just telling you that He said that if it wasn’t a revival that emphasized Truth, that it was going to dwindle. But rather than to admit defeat… You know, folks aren’t going to come forward and say, “We lost it.”

Somebody said, “Give me an example.” Alright. In Nineteen hundred and six, the Azuza Street Revival started. It lasted three solid years. But in Nineteen-thirteen or Nineteen-fourteen, just a few years later, four or five years later, they were already so divided…

Frank Bartleman said in “Another Wave of Revival,” that they started dividing after the first week of revival. He said, “People started dividing, getting their doctrines in, getting their ideas in.” Come on.

The Holy Ghost wasn’t enough. “You’ve got to come believe what I preach. You’ve got to come believe what I preach. You’ve got to come see it the way I see it.” They started dividing up. They met in Hot Springs, Arkansas, (I think it was, wasn’t it?), and that’s where the Assemblies of God was born.

And a few days later, some of the leaders that were… One was named Bell, I think. I can’t remember what the other one was. Let me think a moment. Doesn’t matter.

Some of the leaders that were elected into that new forming of the denomination of the Assemblies of God, some of them received revelation and had already had it, of the Oneness of the Godhead. And they began to tell it, and they were kicked out, because they didn’t want the one-ness of the Godhead preached. And that’s how the United Pentecostal Church was formed. It formed right out of the Assemblies of God, because they already had a revelation of the Oneness of the Godhead, the Assemblies of God didn’t want that, of course.

Of course they didn’t want it. And that’s why they’re in the condition they’re in right now. They rejected the Truth of God in the teens and twenties. Hello? Sure, God moved among them. And I believe God’s still moving among them in different places.

But when you reject Truth, Brother, it’s going to catch up with you one day. Somewhere down the line, when you reject Truth, it’s going to catch up with you. If not before, it will surely catch up with you at the gate, before the Throne.

Do you think God is going to turn His head on His Word and say, “That’s okay. You got the emotion. You got the jerk. You got the jump. You got the shout. So let’s forget about the Word, come on in.” You think God’s going to say, “You fell out just like holy people did, so come on in. You were slain in the Spirit just like the rest of them. Come on in.”?

No, sir. God has got a measuring stick. Oh, yes.

Revivals Not Emphasizing Truth Will Dwindle

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Prophetic Word given by Brother Shelley

And I want to say something else. The Lord said that any revival that doesn’t emphasize Truth is getting ready to dwindle toward the end of Nineteen ninety-nine. If they don’t emphasize Truth, they’re going to begin to dwindle toward the end of Ninety-nine.

And I asked the Lord why. He spoke to my spirit. He said, “I don’t want my people confused. I want them to see the difference in renewal and revival. I want them to see the difference.”

And I want to tell you something else He spoke to my spirit. And He said, “As it begins to dwindle…” And He said it already had. And it’s hard for me to believe, because I get different reports than that. But God doesn’t tell a story does He?

He said, “As it begins to dwindle in other places, they will continuously have to manufacture things to keep it going.” And He said, “It will end up being a circus of carnality.”

Serious business, isn’t it? How else is it going to end up, if we don’t emphasize the whole truth? How else is it going to end up? You hear what I’m saying? They’re going to have…

And we might put that on the internet. We’re not ashamed of what God is saying. And God help us. We don’t ever want to manufacture something so that we can always have the appearance of revival. We want Truth. Because the Truth is what’s going to set people free.


He said, “If they don’t emphasize Truth.” And that means they’ve got time to emphasize Truth. They’ve got time to emphasize Truth.

God sent me almost a year ago, to speak a word to someone and said, “If you don’t hold the standard… You’d better hold the standard. If you don’t hold the standard, you’ll lose what you had. Hold the standard.”

Nineteen ninety-nine, let’s hold the standard.

Shaking the Bars of the House of Hell

December 31, 1998 (Thursday Evening)

Vision given to Brother Shelley

He spoke to my spirit and He said, “Perversion cannot stand in their way. Neither cancer nor aids will be able to stand in their way, as I loose My great army of soul-reapers into the final harvest.” And He said, “When the world sees them, they will not think of that lowly little baby in a manger, but they will be reminded of the strong arm of the Lord.” Hallelujah.

Brother, it’s going to take more than a weak little arm to break the prison bars that has people bound. It’s going to take the forearm of His Power and His Glory and His Demonstration.

I see right now, as I’m preaching, I see the “Prison-house of hell being shaken back and forth by the fist of the Lord.” Hallelujah. “And I see little precious souls being shaken out,” hallelujah, “of the prison house.” Glory to God. Hallelujah. Shake them out, Lord.

Brother Branham had a vision, a dream. He saw this House of Hell. Oh yes. He saw the little lady bound behind the prison bars that he had delivered groceries to. He saw neighbors and friends that he had acquaintance with, and friendships and relationships with. He saw them bound by terrible bars of iron and steel. And he said, “It was the House of Hell.” Oh yes.

And he said, he knew they were crying out for help. “Help us. Set us free. We’ve got to get out of here.” And he looked down at his little puny arms and he said, “My arms will never be strong enough to break the bar.”

Brother, I want you to know, that’s divine revelation. Get that through your thick skull. There is not a man on Planet Earth that’s going to be able to reap the harvest that has got to be reaped. There’s not a man on Planet Earth that has the strength in himself to loose people from the sins of addictions that have them bound. It’s going to take more.

But as the anointing of the Lord began to come down on him, the strong arm of the Lord was manifested through him. He was able. That House began to shake. Those bars, he was able to begin to pull on them and he screamed, “House of Hell, give way! In the Name of Jesus Christ.”

I see in ‘99, that the Lord is getting ready to begin to shake the bars of the House of Hell, and let little…

Brother, I see them falling out like little soldiers, like little toy soldiers. How many of you have played with those little “army men,” we used to call them? Those little green army men. Have any of you ever played with army men? I had them by the bag-fulls. Buy them by the hundred-piece bag, or two-hundred-piece bag at a time, and lose them because you’d step on them, and the dog would eat them.

Do they even sell them anymore? I don’t know if I’ve seen anything. I played with them. Some of them were kneeled, knelt down with a bazooka or something on their shoulder. Some of them had swords and some of them had guns, and some of them had hand grenades in their hands. I want you to know I blew up many a bad guy and shot many a bad man with those little army men.

But there, they’re kind of planted in a little base, you know. They’re not moveable. They’re not jointed in any way. Just however they poured them in the mold, that’s how they are.

When I see this House of Hell shaking, I see it like another toy. I see it like a cube that a child would have. I mentioned the other night, like you put shapes in, you know. That little, that little odd-shaped toy the children have and they’re able to put in the round peg and the star and the square, I see that in the Spirit as a House of Hell, but it’s made out of iron. And I see the hand of God shaking that little toy.

Oh. I… I asked the Lord, “Why would You show it to me like toys?” And the Lord said, “I wanted you to see the littleness, the insignificance of it when it gets in My hand.”

Brother, it’s a big old jailhouse of hell binding people all over the world, but when “It gets in My hand, it’s no more than a little Tupperware toy. It’s no more than a little Fisher-price toy.” Oh yes. When God begins to shake that House of Hell in His fist, I see the little toy soldiers falling out the cracks, falling out the holes.

What do you see falling out? I see souls that have been bound in the prison of the devil, and a little meek revelation was not enough. And God said, “I’m getting to ready to reveal Myself to My Church as a Captain, as a General of War, as a Holy Warrior.” Hallelujah. Glory to God. Glory to God. I see it now. I could shut my eyes, and even if I don’t shut them, I can see that brazen arm of the Lord shaking the House of Hell.

And you know what excites me? I know that I’ve got loved ones in that House of Hell. I know that I’ve got friends in the House of Hell. I know there are people who have passed through this church that remain tonight in the House of Hell. And nothing I do or say will ever bring some of them out. But when my Lord Jesus manifests Himself…

I see on your faces that you can’t see it. You see. You can’t imagine God being a Mighty Man of War. You, you’ve just nor read enough of the Old Testament. You see, the Israelites needed more than a little meek, mild-mannered Clark Kent, news reporter with horned-rimmed glasses, see. The Israelites needed superman. Come on. Clark Kent wasn’t going to be any good to the Israelites. They needed a God who could come down with supernatural abilities and bring them out.

And so, I’m seeing that what we need to finish this harvest cycle is not just understanding the meekness of the Lord and the beauty of the Lord. That’s for you and I, who we are His Bride. We know we are His Bride. He wants to reveal Himself to us in sweet compassion and love. Oh yes. That is for us.

But there is another people out there who are in the House of Hell. They’re in Satan’s prison. They’re bound by things that are bigger than they are, and they can’t get through. And they need more than just an understanding of the meekness and mildness of the Lord. They need somebody who is strong and mighty enough to grab a hold of those bars and pull them apart. Oh yes, and shake them right out. Shake them right out. Hallelujah.

So, you know what I say? I say, “Go ahead, devil. You know you’ve just got a short time. You can rage all you want to rage. Your days are numbered. Your power is limited. But in the day that you rage the loudest, don’t be surprised if instead of a little baby laying in a manger, or a broken, bleeding, twisted body that’s hanging on a cross in a Catholic Church, don’t be surprised, devil, if you face somebody that doesn’t look like that baby in a manger.

Don’t you be surprised, devil, if you don’t face somebody that doesn’t look like that twisted, broken, bruised body. But you’re getting ready to face the Holy Warrior of Eternity, who will cut with the Sword of the Spirit and loose His Bride. Hallelujah. (Tongues)